* config/tc-hppa.c (pa_ip): Reject double floating point stores and
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / config / tc-hppa.c
1 /* tc-hppa.c -- Assemble for the PA
2 Copyright 1989, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2012
4 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5
6 This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
7
8 GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
9 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
10 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
11 any later version.
12
13 GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16 GNU General Public License for more details.
17
18 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19 along with GAS; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
20 Software Foundation, 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
21 02110-1301, USA. */
22
23 /* HP PA-RISC support was contributed by the Center for Software Science
24 at the University of Utah. */
25
26 #include "as.h"
27 #include "safe-ctype.h"
28 #include "subsegs.h"
29 #include "dw2gencfi.h"
30
31 #include "bfd/libhppa.h"
32
33 /* Be careful, this file includes data *declarations*. */
34 #include "opcode/hppa.h"
35
36 #if defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (OBJ_SOM)
37 error only one of OBJ_ELF and OBJ_SOM can be defined
38 #endif
39
40 /* If we are using ELF, then we probably can support dwarf2 debug
41 records. Furthermore, if we are supporting dwarf2 debug records,
42 then we want to use the assembler support for compact line numbers. */
43 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
44 #include "dwarf2dbg.h"
45
46 /* A "convenient" place to put object file dependencies which do
47 not need to be seen outside of tc-hppa.c. */
48
49 /* Object file formats specify relocation types. */
50 typedef enum elf_hppa_reloc_type reloc_type;
51
52 /* Object file formats specify BFD symbol types. */
53 typedef elf_symbol_type obj_symbol_type;
54 #define symbol_arg_reloc_info(sym)\
55 (((obj_symbol_type *) symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->tc_data.hppa_arg_reloc)
56
57 #if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
58 /* How to generate a relocation. */
59 #define hppa_gen_reloc_type _bfd_elf64_hppa_gen_reloc_type
60 #define elf_hppa_reloc_final_type elf64_hppa_reloc_final_type
61 #else
62 #define hppa_gen_reloc_type _bfd_elf32_hppa_gen_reloc_type
63 #define elf_hppa_reloc_final_type elf32_hppa_reloc_final_type
64 #endif
65
66 /* ELF objects can have versions, but apparently do not have anywhere
67 to store a copyright string. */
68 #define obj_version obj_elf_version
69 #define obj_copyright obj_elf_version
70
71 #define UNWIND_SECTION_NAME ".PARISC.unwind"
72 #endif /* OBJ_ELF */
73
74 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
75 /* Names of various debugging spaces/subspaces. */
76 #define GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME "$GDB_DEBUG$"
77 #define GDB_STRINGS_SUBSPACE_NAME "$GDB_STRINGS$"
78 #define GDB_SYMBOLS_SUBSPACE_NAME "$GDB_SYMBOLS$"
79 #define UNWIND_SECTION_NAME "$UNWIND$"
80
81 /* Object file formats specify relocation types. */
82 typedef int reloc_type;
83
84 /* SOM objects can have both a version string and a copyright string. */
85 #define obj_version obj_som_version
86 #define obj_copyright obj_som_copyright
87
88 /* How to generate a relocation. */
89 #define hppa_gen_reloc_type hppa_som_gen_reloc_type
90
91 /* Object file formats specify BFD symbol types. */
92 typedef som_symbol_type obj_symbol_type;
93 #define symbol_arg_reloc_info(sym)\
94 (((obj_symbol_type *) symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->tc_data.ap.hppa_arg_reloc)
95
96 /* This apparently isn't in older versions of hpux reloc.h. */
97 #ifndef R_DLT_REL
98 #define R_DLT_REL 0x78
99 #endif
100
101 #ifndef R_N0SEL
102 #define R_N0SEL 0xd8
103 #endif
104
105 #ifndef R_N1SEL
106 #define R_N1SEL 0xd9
107 #endif
108 #endif /* OBJ_SOM */
109
110 #if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
111 #define DEFAULT_LEVEL 25
112 #else
113 #define DEFAULT_LEVEL 10
114 #endif
115
116 /* Various structures and types used internally in tc-hppa.c. */
117
118 /* Unwind table and descriptor. FIXME: Sync this with GDB version. */
119
120 struct unwind_desc
121 {
122 unsigned int cannot_unwind:1;
123 unsigned int millicode:1;
124 unsigned int millicode_save_rest:1;
125 unsigned int region_desc:2;
126 unsigned int save_sr:2;
127 unsigned int entry_fr:4;
128 unsigned int entry_gr:5;
129 unsigned int args_stored:1;
130 unsigned int call_fr:5;
131 unsigned int call_gr:5;
132 unsigned int save_sp:1;
133 unsigned int save_rp:1;
134 unsigned int save_rp_in_frame:1;
135 unsigned int extn_ptr_defined:1;
136 unsigned int cleanup_defined:1;
137
138 unsigned int hpe_interrupt_marker:1;
139 unsigned int hpux_interrupt_marker:1;
140 unsigned int reserved:3;
141 unsigned int frame_size:27;
142 };
143
144 /* We can't rely on compilers placing bitfields in any particular
145 place, so use these macros when dumping unwind descriptors to
146 object files. */
147 #define UNWIND_LOW32(U) \
148 (((U)->cannot_unwind << 31) \
149 | ((U)->millicode << 30) \
150 | ((U)->millicode_save_rest << 29) \
151 | ((U)->region_desc << 27) \
152 | ((U)->save_sr << 25) \
153 | ((U)->entry_fr << 21) \
154 | ((U)->entry_gr << 16) \
155 | ((U)->args_stored << 15) \
156 | ((U)->call_fr << 10) \
157 | ((U)->call_gr << 5) \
158 | ((U)->save_sp << 4) \
159 | ((U)->save_rp << 3) \
160 | ((U)->save_rp_in_frame << 2) \
161 | ((U)->extn_ptr_defined << 1) \
162 | ((U)->cleanup_defined << 0))
163
164 #define UNWIND_HIGH32(U) \
165 (((U)->hpe_interrupt_marker << 31) \
166 | ((U)->hpux_interrupt_marker << 30) \
167 | ((U)->frame_size << 0))
168
169 struct unwind_table
170 {
171 /* Starting and ending offsets of the region described by
172 descriptor. */
173 unsigned int start_offset;
174 unsigned int end_offset;
175 struct unwind_desc descriptor;
176 };
177
178 /* This structure is used by the .callinfo, .enter, .leave pseudo-ops to
179 control the entry and exit code they generate. It is also used in
180 creation of the correct stack unwind descriptors.
181
182 NOTE: GAS does not support .enter and .leave for the generation of
183 prologues and epilogues. FIXME.
184
185 The fields in structure roughly correspond to the arguments available on the
186 .callinfo pseudo-op. */
187
188 struct call_info
189 {
190 /* The unwind descriptor being built. */
191 struct unwind_table ci_unwind;
192
193 /* Name of this function. */
194 symbolS *start_symbol;
195
196 /* (temporary) symbol used to mark the end of this function. */
197 symbolS *end_symbol;
198
199 /* Next entry in the chain. */
200 struct call_info *ci_next;
201 };
202
203 /* Operand formats for FP instructions. Note not all FP instructions
204 allow all four formats to be used (for example fmpysub only allows
205 SGL and DBL). */
206 typedef enum
207 {
208 SGL, DBL, ILLEGAL_FMT, QUAD, W, UW, DW, UDW, QW, UQW
209 }
210 fp_operand_format;
211
212 /* This fully describes the symbol types which may be attached to
213 an EXPORT or IMPORT directive. Only SOM uses this formation
214 (ELF has no need for it). */
215 typedef enum
216 {
217 SYMBOL_TYPE_UNKNOWN,
218 SYMBOL_TYPE_ABSOLUTE,
219 SYMBOL_TYPE_CODE,
220 SYMBOL_TYPE_DATA,
221 SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY,
222 SYMBOL_TYPE_MILLICODE,
223 SYMBOL_TYPE_PLABEL,
224 SYMBOL_TYPE_PRI_PROG,
225 SYMBOL_TYPE_SEC_PROG,
226 }
227 pa_symbol_type;
228
229 /* This structure contains information needed to assemble
230 individual instructions. */
231 struct pa_it
232 {
233 /* Holds the opcode after parsing by pa_ip. */
234 unsigned long opcode;
235
236 /* Holds an expression associated with the current instruction. */
237 expressionS exp;
238
239 /* Does this instruction use PC-relative addressing. */
240 int pcrel;
241
242 /* Floating point formats for operand1 and operand2. */
243 fp_operand_format fpof1;
244 fp_operand_format fpof2;
245
246 /* Whether or not we saw a truncation request on an fcnv insn. */
247 int trunc;
248
249 /* Holds the field selector for this instruction
250 (for example L%, LR%, etc). */
251 long field_selector;
252
253 /* Holds any argument relocation bits associated with this
254 instruction. (instruction should be some sort of call). */
255 unsigned int arg_reloc;
256
257 /* The format specification for this instruction. */
258 int format;
259
260 /* The relocation (if any) associated with this instruction. */
261 reloc_type reloc;
262 };
263
264 /* PA-89 floating point registers are arranged like this:
265
266 +--------------+--------------+
267 | 0 or 16L | 16 or 16R |
268 +--------------+--------------+
269 | 1 or 17L | 17 or 17R |
270 +--------------+--------------+
271 | | |
272
273 . . .
274 . . .
275 . . .
276
277 | | |
278 +--------------+--------------+
279 | 14 or 30L | 30 or 30R |
280 +--------------+--------------+
281 | 15 or 31L | 31 or 31R |
282 +--------------+--------------+ */
283
284 /* Additional information needed to build argument relocation stubs. */
285 struct call_desc
286 {
287 /* The argument relocation specification. */
288 unsigned int arg_reloc;
289
290 /* Number of arguments. */
291 unsigned int arg_count;
292 };
293
294 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
295 /* This structure defines an entry in the subspace dictionary
296 chain. */
297
298 struct subspace_dictionary_chain
299 {
300 /* Nonzero if this space has been defined by the user code. */
301 unsigned int ssd_defined;
302
303 /* Name of this subspace. */
304 char *ssd_name;
305
306 /* GAS segment and subsegment associated with this subspace. */
307 asection *ssd_seg;
308 int ssd_subseg;
309
310 /* Next space in the subspace dictionary chain. */
311 struct subspace_dictionary_chain *ssd_next;
312 };
313
314 typedef struct subspace_dictionary_chain ssd_chain_struct;
315
316 /* This structure defines an entry in the subspace dictionary
317 chain. */
318
319 struct space_dictionary_chain
320 {
321 /* Nonzero if this space has been defined by the user code or
322 as a default space. */
323 unsigned int sd_defined;
324
325 /* Nonzero if this spaces has been defined by the user code. */
326 unsigned int sd_user_defined;
327
328 /* The space number (or index). */
329 unsigned int sd_spnum;
330
331 /* The name of this subspace. */
332 char *sd_name;
333
334 /* GAS segment to which this subspace corresponds. */
335 asection *sd_seg;
336
337 /* Current subsegment number being used. */
338 int sd_last_subseg;
339
340 /* The chain of subspaces contained within this space. */
341 ssd_chain_struct *sd_subspaces;
342
343 /* The next entry in the space dictionary chain. */
344 struct space_dictionary_chain *sd_next;
345 };
346
347 typedef struct space_dictionary_chain sd_chain_struct;
348
349 /* This structure defines attributes of the default subspace
350 dictionary entries. */
351
352 struct default_subspace_dict
353 {
354 /* Name of the subspace. */
355 char *name;
356
357 /* FIXME. Is this still needed? */
358 char defined;
359
360 /* Nonzero if this subspace is loadable. */
361 char loadable;
362
363 /* Nonzero if this subspace contains only code. */
364 char code_only;
365
366 /* Nonzero if this is a comdat subspace. */
367 char comdat;
368
369 /* Nonzero if this is a common subspace. */
370 char common;
371
372 /* Nonzero if this is a common subspace which allows symbols
373 to be multiply defined. */
374 char dup_common;
375
376 /* Nonzero if this subspace should be zero filled. */
377 char zero;
378
379 /* Sort key for this subspace. */
380 unsigned char sort;
381
382 /* Access control bits for this subspace. Can represent RWX access
383 as well as privilege level changes for gateways. */
384 int access;
385
386 /* Index of containing space. */
387 int space_index;
388
389 /* Alignment (in bytes) of this subspace. */
390 int alignment;
391
392 /* Quadrant within space where this subspace should be loaded. */
393 int quadrant;
394
395 /* An index into the default spaces array. */
396 int def_space_index;
397
398 /* Subsegment associated with this subspace. */
399 subsegT subsegment;
400 };
401
402 /* This structure defines attributes of the default space
403 dictionary entries. */
404
405 struct default_space_dict
406 {
407 /* Name of the space. */
408 char *name;
409
410 /* Space number. It is possible to identify spaces within
411 assembly code numerically! */
412 int spnum;
413
414 /* Nonzero if this space is loadable. */
415 char loadable;
416
417 /* Nonzero if this space is "defined". FIXME is still needed */
418 char defined;
419
420 /* Nonzero if this space can not be shared. */
421 char private;
422
423 /* Sort key for this space. */
424 unsigned char sort;
425
426 /* Segment associated with this space. */
427 asection *segment;
428 };
429 #endif
430
431 /* Structure for previous label tracking. Needed so that alignments,
432 callinfo declarations, etc can be easily attached to a particular
433 label. */
434 typedef struct label_symbol_struct
435 {
436 struct symbol *lss_label;
437 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
438 sd_chain_struct *lss_space;
439 #endif
440 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
441 segT lss_segment;
442 #endif
443 struct label_symbol_struct *lss_next;
444 }
445 label_symbol_struct;
446
447 /* Extra information needed to perform fixups (relocations) on the PA. */
448 struct hppa_fix_struct
449 {
450 /* The field selector. */
451 enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt fx_r_field;
452
453 /* Type of fixup. */
454 int fx_r_type;
455
456 /* Format of fixup. */
457 int fx_r_format;
458
459 /* Argument relocation bits. */
460 unsigned int fx_arg_reloc;
461
462 /* The segment this fixup appears in. */
463 segT segment;
464 };
465
466 /* Structure to hold information about predefined registers. */
467
468 struct pd_reg
469 {
470 char *name;
471 int value;
472 };
473
474 /* This structure defines the mapping from a FP condition string
475 to a condition number which can be recorded in an instruction. */
476 struct fp_cond_map
477 {
478 char *string;
479 int cond;
480 };
481
482 /* This structure defines a mapping from a field selector
483 string to a field selector type. */
484 struct selector_entry
485 {
486 char *prefix;
487 int field_selector;
488 };
489
490 /* Prototypes for functions local to tc-hppa.c. */
491
492 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
493 static void pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (void);
494 #endif
495
496 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
497 static void pa_text (int);
498 static void pa_data (int);
499 static void pa_comm (int);
500 #endif
501 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
502 static int exact_log2 (int);
503 static void pa_compiler (int);
504 static void pa_align (int);
505 static void pa_space (int);
506 static void pa_spnum (int);
507 static void pa_subspace (int);
508 static sd_chain_struct *create_new_space (char *, int, int,
509 int, int, int,
510 asection *, int);
511 static ssd_chain_struct *create_new_subspace (sd_chain_struct *,
512 char *, int, int,
513 int, int, int, int,
514 int, int, int, int,
515 int, asection *);
516 static ssd_chain_struct *update_subspace (sd_chain_struct *,
517 char *, int, int, int,
518 int, int, int, int,
519 int, int, int, int,
520 asection *);
521 static sd_chain_struct *is_defined_space (char *);
522 static ssd_chain_struct *is_defined_subspace (char *);
523 static sd_chain_struct *pa_segment_to_space (asection *);
524 static ssd_chain_struct *pa_subsegment_to_subspace (asection *,
525 subsegT);
526 static sd_chain_struct *pa_find_space_by_number (int);
527 static unsigned int pa_subspace_start (sd_chain_struct *, int);
528 static sd_chain_struct *pa_parse_space_stmt (char *, int);
529 #endif
530
531 /* File and globally scoped variable declarations. */
532
533 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
534 /* Root and final entry in the space chain. */
535 static sd_chain_struct *space_dict_root;
536 static sd_chain_struct *space_dict_last;
537
538 /* The current space and subspace. */
539 static sd_chain_struct *current_space;
540 static ssd_chain_struct *current_subspace;
541 #endif
542
543 /* Root of the call_info chain. */
544 static struct call_info *call_info_root;
545
546 /* The last call_info (for functions) structure
547 seen so it can be associated with fixups and
548 function labels. */
549 static struct call_info *last_call_info;
550
551 /* The last call description (for actual calls). */
552 static struct call_desc last_call_desc;
553
554 /* handle of the OPCODE hash table */
555 static struct hash_control *op_hash = NULL;
556
557 /* These characters can be suffixes of opcode names and they may be
558 followed by meaningful whitespace. We don't include `,' and `!'
559 as they never appear followed by meaningful whitespace. */
560 const char hppa_symbol_chars[] = "*?=<>";
561
562 /* This array holds the chars that only start a comment at the beginning of
563 a line. If the line seems to have the form '# 123 filename'
564 .line and .file directives will appear in the pre-processed output.
565
566 Note that input_file.c hand checks for '#' at the beginning of the
567 first line of the input file. This is because the compiler outputs
568 #NO_APP at the beginning of its output.
569
570 Also note that C style comments will always work. */
571 const char line_comment_chars[] = "#";
572
573 /* This array holds the chars that always start a comment. If the
574 pre-processor is disabled, these aren't very useful. */
575 const char comment_chars[] = ";";
576
577 /* This array holds the characters which act as line separators. */
578 const char line_separator_chars[] = "!";
579
580 /* Chars that can be used to separate mant from exp in floating point nums. */
581 const char EXP_CHARS[] = "eE";
582
583 /* Chars that mean this number is a floating point constant.
584 As in 0f12.456 or 0d1.2345e12.
585
586 Be aware that MAXIMUM_NUMBER_OF_CHARS_FOR_FLOAT may have to be
587 changed in read.c. Ideally it shouldn't have to know about it
588 at all, but nothing is ideal around here. */
589 const char FLT_CHARS[] = "rRsSfFdDxXpP";
590
591 static struct pa_it the_insn;
592
593 /* Points to the end of an expression just parsed by get_expression
594 and friends. FIXME. This shouldn't be handled with a file-global
595 variable. */
596 static char *expr_end;
597
598 /* Nonzero if a .callinfo appeared within the current procedure. */
599 static int callinfo_found;
600
601 /* Nonzero if the assembler is currently within a .entry/.exit pair. */
602 static int within_entry_exit;
603
604 /* Nonzero if the assembler is currently within a procedure definition. */
605 static int within_procedure;
606
607 /* Handle on structure which keep track of the last symbol
608 seen in each subspace. */
609 static label_symbol_struct *label_symbols_rootp = NULL;
610
611 /* Holds the last field selector. */
612 static int hppa_field_selector;
613
614 /* Nonzero when strict matching is enabled. Zero otherwise.
615
616 Each opcode in the table has a flag which indicates whether or
617 not strict matching should be enabled for that instruction.
618
619 Mainly, strict causes errors to be ignored when a match failure
620 occurs. However, it also affects the parsing of register fields
621 by pa_parse_number. */
622 static int strict;
623
624 /* pa_parse_number returns values in `pa_number'. Mostly
625 pa_parse_number is used to return a register number, with floating
626 point registers being numbered from FP_REG_BASE upwards.
627 The bit specified with FP_REG_RSEL is set if the floating point
628 register has a `r' suffix. */
629 #define FP_REG_BASE 64
630 #define FP_REG_RSEL 128
631 static int pa_number;
632
633 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
634 /* A dummy bfd symbol so that all relocations have symbols of some kind. */
635 static symbolS *dummy_symbol;
636 #endif
637
638 /* Nonzero if errors are to be printed. */
639 static int print_errors = 1;
640
641 /* List of registers that are pre-defined:
642
643 Each general register has one predefined name of the form
644 %r<REGNUM> which has the value <REGNUM>.
645
646 Space and control registers are handled in a similar manner,
647 but use %sr<REGNUM> and %cr<REGNUM> as their predefined names.
648
649 Likewise for the floating point registers, but of the form
650 %fr<REGNUM>. Floating point registers have additional predefined
651 names with 'L' and 'R' suffixes (e.g. %fr19L, %fr19R) which
652 again have the value <REGNUM>.
653
654 Many registers also have synonyms:
655
656 %r26 - %r23 have %arg0 - %arg3 as synonyms
657 %r28 - %r29 have %ret0 - %ret1 as synonyms
658 %fr4 - %fr7 have %farg0 - %farg3 as synonyms
659 %r30 has %sp as a synonym
660 %r27 has %dp as a synonym
661 %r2 has %rp as a synonym
662
663 Almost every control register has a synonym; they are not listed
664 here for brevity.
665
666 The table is sorted. Suitable for searching by a binary search. */
667
668 static const struct pd_reg pre_defined_registers[] =
669 {
670 {"%arg0", 26},
671 {"%arg1", 25},
672 {"%arg2", 24},
673 {"%arg3", 23},
674 {"%cr0", 0},
675 {"%cr10", 10},
676 {"%cr11", 11},
677 {"%cr12", 12},
678 {"%cr13", 13},
679 {"%cr14", 14},
680 {"%cr15", 15},
681 {"%cr16", 16},
682 {"%cr17", 17},
683 {"%cr18", 18},
684 {"%cr19", 19},
685 {"%cr20", 20},
686 {"%cr21", 21},
687 {"%cr22", 22},
688 {"%cr23", 23},
689 {"%cr24", 24},
690 {"%cr25", 25},
691 {"%cr26", 26},
692 {"%cr27", 27},
693 {"%cr28", 28},
694 {"%cr29", 29},
695 {"%cr30", 30},
696 {"%cr31", 31},
697 {"%cr8", 8},
698 {"%cr9", 9},
699 {"%dp", 27},
700 {"%eiem", 15},
701 {"%eirr", 23},
702 {"%farg0", 4 + FP_REG_BASE},
703 {"%farg1", 5 + FP_REG_BASE},
704 {"%farg2", 6 + FP_REG_BASE},
705 {"%farg3", 7 + FP_REG_BASE},
706 {"%fr0", 0 + FP_REG_BASE},
707 {"%fr0l", 0 + FP_REG_BASE},
708 {"%fr0r", 0 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
709 {"%fr1", 1 + FP_REG_BASE},
710 {"%fr10", 10 + FP_REG_BASE},
711 {"%fr10l", 10 + FP_REG_BASE},
712 {"%fr10r", 10 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
713 {"%fr11", 11 + FP_REG_BASE},
714 {"%fr11l", 11 + FP_REG_BASE},
715 {"%fr11r", 11 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
716 {"%fr12", 12 + FP_REG_BASE},
717 {"%fr12l", 12 + FP_REG_BASE},
718 {"%fr12r", 12 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
719 {"%fr13", 13 + FP_REG_BASE},
720 {"%fr13l", 13 + FP_REG_BASE},
721 {"%fr13r", 13 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
722 {"%fr14", 14 + FP_REG_BASE},
723 {"%fr14l", 14 + FP_REG_BASE},
724 {"%fr14r", 14 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
725 {"%fr15", 15 + FP_REG_BASE},
726 {"%fr15l", 15 + FP_REG_BASE},
727 {"%fr15r", 15 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
728 {"%fr16", 16 + FP_REG_BASE},
729 {"%fr16l", 16 + FP_REG_BASE},
730 {"%fr16r", 16 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
731 {"%fr17", 17 + FP_REG_BASE},
732 {"%fr17l", 17 + FP_REG_BASE},
733 {"%fr17r", 17 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
734 {"%fr18", 18 + FP_REG_BASE},
735 {"%fr18l", 18 + FP_REG_BASE},
736 {"%fr18r", 18 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
737 {"%fr19", 19 + FP_REG_BASE},
738 {"%fr19l", 19 + FP_REG_BASE},
739 {"%fr19r", 19 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
740 {"%fr1l", 1 + FP_REG_BASE},
741 {"%fr1r", 1 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
742 {"%fr2", 2 + FP_REG_BASE},
743 {"%fr20", 20 + FP_REG_BASE},
744 {"%fr20l", 20 + FP_REG_BASE},
745 {"%fr20r", 20 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
746 {"%fr21", 21 + FP_REG_BASE},
747 {"%fr21l", 21 + FP_REG_BASE},
748 {"%fr21r", 21 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
749 {"%fr22", 22 + FP_REG_BASE},
750 {"%fr22l", 22 + FP_REG_BASE},
751 {"%fr22r", 22 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
752 {"%fr23", 23 + FP_REG_BASE},
753 {"%fr23l", 23 + FP_REG_BASE},
754 {"%fr23r", 23 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
755 {"%fr24", 24 + FP_REG_BASE},
756 {"%fr24l", 24 + FP_REG_BASE},
757 {"%fr24r", 24 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
758 {"%fr25", 25 + FP_REG_BASE},
759 {"%fr25l", 25 + FP_REG_BASE},
760 {"%fr25r", 25 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
761 {"%fr26", 26 + FP_REG_BASE},
762 {"%fr26l", 26 + FP_REG_BASE},
763 {"%fr26r", 26 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
764 {"%fr27", 27 + FP_REG_BASE},
765 {"%fr27l", 27 + FP_REG_BASE},
766 {"%fr27r", 27 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
767 {"%fr28", 28 + FP_REG_BASE},
768 {"%fr28l", 28 + FP_REG_BASE},
769 {"%fr28r", 28 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
770 {"%fr29", 29 + FP_REG_BASE},
771 {"%fr29l", 29 + FP_REG_BASE},
772 {"%fr29r", 29 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
773 {"%fr2l", 2 + FP_REG_BASE},
774 {"%fr2r", 2 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
775 {"%fr3", 3 + FP_REG_BASE},
776 {"%fr30", 30 + FP_REG_BASE},
777 {"%fr30l", 30 + FP_REG_BASE},
778 {"%fr30r", 30 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
779 {"%fr31", 31 + FP_REG_BASE},
780 {"%fr31l", 31 + FP_REG_BASE},
781 {"%fr31r", 31 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
782 {"%fr3l", 3 + FP_REG_BASE},
783 {"%fr3r", 3 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
784 {"%fr4", 4 + FP_REG_BASE},
785 {"%fr4l", 4 + FP_REG_BASE},
786 {"%fr4r", 4 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
787 {"%fr5", 5 + FP_REG_BASE},
788 {"%fr5l", 5 + FP_REG_BASE},
789 {"%fr5r", 5 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
790 {"%fr6", 6 + FP_REG_BASE},
791 {"%fr6l", 6 + FP_REG_BASE},
792 {"%fr6r", 6 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
793 {"%fr7", 7 + FP_REG_BASE},
794 {"%fr7l", 7 + FP_REG_BASE},
795 {"%fr7r", 7 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
796 {"%fr8", 8 + FP_REG_BASE},
797 {"%fr8l", 8 + FP_REG_BASE},
798 {"%fr8r", 8 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
799 {"%fr9", 9 + FP_REG_BASE},
800 {"%fr9l", 9 + FP_REG_BASE},
801 {"%fr9r", 9 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
802 {"%fret", 4},
803 {"%hta", 25},
804 {"%iir", 19},
805 {"%ior", 21},
806 {"%ipsw", 22},
807 {"%isr", 20},
808 {"%itmr", 16},
809 {"%iva", 14},
810 #if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
811 {"%mrp", 2},
812 #else
813 {"%mrp", 31},
814 #endif
815 {"%pcoq", 18},
816 {"%pcsq", 17},
817 {"%pidr1", 8},
818 {"%pidr2", 9},
819 {"%pidr3", 12},
820 {"%pidr4", 13},
821 {"%ppda", 24},
822 {"%r0", 0},
823 {"%r1", 1},
824 {"%r10", 10},
825 {"%r11", 11},
826 {"%r12", 12},
827 {"%r13", 13},
828 {"%r14", 14},
829 {"%r15", 15},
830 {"%r16", 16},
831 {"%r17", 17},
832 {"%r18", 18},
833 {"%r19", 19},
834 {"%r2", 2},
835 {"%r20", 20},
836 {"%r21", 21},
837 {"%r22", 22},
838 {"%r23", 23},
839 {"%r24", 24},
840 {"%r25", 25},
841 {"%r26", 26},
842 {"%r27", 27},
843 {"%r28", 28},
844 {"%r29", 29},
845 {"%r3", 3},
846 {"%r30", 30},
847 {"%r31", 31},
848 {"%r4", 4},
849 {"%r5", 5},
850 {"%r6", 6},
851 {"%r7", 7},
852 {"%r8", 8},
853 {"%r9", 9},
854 {"%rctr", 0},
855 {"%ret0", 28},
856 {"%ret1", 29},
857 {"%rp", 2},
858 {"%sar", 11},
859 {"%sp", 30},
860 {"%sr0", 0},
861 {"%sr1", 1},
862 {"%sr2", 2},
863 {"%sr3", 3},
864 {"%sr4", 4},
865 {"%sr5", 5},
866 {"%sr6", 6},
867 {"%sr7", 7},
868 {"%t1", 22},
869 {"%t2", 21},
870 {"%t3", 20},
871 {"%t4", 19},
872 {"%tf1", 11},
873 {"%tf2", 10},
874 {"%tf3", 9},
875 {"%tf4", 8},
876 {"%tr0", 24},
877 {"%tr1", 25},
878 {"%tr2", 26},
879 {"%tr3", 27},
880 {"%tr4", 28},
881 {"%tr5", 29},
882 {"%tr6", 30},
883 {"%tr7", 31}
884 };
885
886 /* This table is sorted by order of the length of the string. This is
887 so we check for <> before we check for <. If we had a <> and checked
888 for < first, we would get a false match. */
889 static const struct fp_cond_map fp_cond_map[] =
890 {
891 {"false?", 0},
892 {"false", 1},
893 {"true?", 30},
894 {"true", 31},
895 {"!<=>", 3},
896 {"!?>=", 8},
897 {"!?<=", 16},
898 {"!<>", 7},
899 {"!>=", 11},
900 {"!?>", 12},
901 {"?<=", 14},
902 {"!<=", 19},
903 {"!?<", 20},
904 {"?>=", 22},
905 {"!?=", 24},
906 {"!=t", 27},
907 {"<=>", 29},
908 {"=t", 5},
909 {"?=", 6},
910 {"?<", 10},
911 {"<=", 13},
912 {"!>", 15},
913 {"?>", 18},
914 {">=", 21},
915 {"!<", 23},
916 {"<>", 25},
917 {"!=", 26},
918 {"!?", 28},
919 {"?", 2},
920 {"=", 4},
921 {"<", 9},
922 {">", 17}
923 };
924
925 static const struct selector_entry selector_table[] =
926 {
927 {"f", e_fsel},
928 {"l", e_lsel},
929 {"ld", e_ldsel},
930 {"lp", e_lpsel},
931 {"lr", e_lrsel},
932 {"ls", e_lssel},
933 {"lt", e_ltsel},
934 {"ltp", e_ltpsel},
935 {"n", e_nsel},
936 {"nl", e_nlsel},
937 {"nlr", e_nlrsel},
938 {"p", e_psel},
939 {"r", e_rsel},
940 {"rd", e_rdsel},
941 {"rp", e_rpsel},
942 {"rr", e_rrsel},
943 {"rs", e_rssel},
944 {"rt", e_rtsel},
945 {"rtp", e_rtpsel},
946 {"t", e_tsel},
947 };
948
949 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
950 /* default space and subspace dictionaries */
951
952 #define GDB_SYMBOLS GDB_SYMBOLS_SUBSPACE_NAME
953 #define GDB_STRINGS GDB_STRINGS_SUBSPACE_NAME
954
955 /* pre-defined subsegments (subspaces) for the HPPA. */
956 #define SUBSEG_CODE 0
957 #define SUBSEG_LIT 1
958 #define SUBSEG_MILLI 2
959 #define SUBSEG_DATA 0
960 #define SUBSEG_BSS 2
961 #define SUBSEG_UNWIND 3
962 #define SUBSEG_GDB_STRINGS 0
963 #define SUBSEG_GDB_SYMBOLS 1
964
965 static struct default_subspace_dict pa_def_subspaces[] =
966 {
967 {"$CODE$", 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 24, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_CODE},
968 {"$DATA$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 24, 0x1f, 1, 8, 1, 1, SUBSEG_DATA},
969 {"$LIT$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 16, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_LIT},
970 {"$MILLICODE$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 8, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_MILLI},
971 {"$BSS$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 80, 0x1f, 1, 8, 1, 1, SUBSEG_BSS},
972 {NULL, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 255, 0x1f, 0, 4, 0, 0, 0}
973 };
974
975 static struct default_space_dict pa_def_spaces[] =
976 {
977 {"$TEXT$", 0, 1, 1, 0, 8, ASEC_NULL},
978 {"$PRIVATE$", 1, 1, 1, 1, 16, ASEC_NULL},
979 {NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, ASEC_NULL}
980 };
981
982 /* Misc local definitions used by the assembler. */
983
984 /* These macros are used to maintain spaces/subspaces. */
985 #define SPACE_DEFINED(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_defined
986 #define SPACE_USER_DEFINED(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_user_defined
987 #define SPACE_SPNUM(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_spnum
988 #define SPACE_NAME(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_name
989
990 #define SUBSPACE_DEFINED(ss_chain) (ss_chain)->ssd_defined
991 #define SUBSPACE_NAME(ss_chain) (ss_chain)->ssd_name
992 #endif
993
994 /* Return nonzero if the string pointed to by S potentially represents
995 a right or left half of a FP register */
996 #define IS_R_SELECT(S) (*(S) == 'R' || *(S) == 'r')
997 #define IS_L_SELECT(S) (*(S) == 'L' || *(S) == 'l')
998
999 /* Store immediate values of shift/deposit/extract functions. */
1000
1001 #define SAVE_IMMEDIATE(VALUE) \
1002 { \
1003 if (immediate_check) \
1004 { \
1005 if (pos == -1) \
1006 pos = (VALUE); \
1007 else if (len == -1) \
1008 len = (VALUE); \
1009 } \
1010 }
1011
1012 /* Insert FIELD into OPCODE starting at bit START. Continue pa_ip
1013 main loop after insertion. */
1014
1015 #define INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE(OPCODE, FIELD, START) \
1016 { \
1017 ((OPCODE) |= (FIELD) << (START)); \
1018 continue; \
1019 }
1020
1021 /* Simple range checking for FIELD against HIGH and LOW bounds.
1022 IGNORE is used to suppress the error message. */
1023
1024 #define CHECK_FIELD(FIELD, HIGH, LOW, IGNORE) \
1025 { \
1026 if ((FIELD) > (HIGH) || (FIELD) < (LOW)) \
1027 { \
1028 if (! IGNORE) \
1029 as_bad (_("Field out of range [%d..%d] (%d)."), (LOW), (HIGH), \
1030 (int) (FIELD));\
1031 break; \
1032 } \
1033 }
1034
1035 /* Variant of CHECK_FIELD for use in md_apply_fix and other places where
1036 the current file and line number are not valid. */
1037
1038 #define CHECK_FIELD_WHERE(FIELD, HIGH, LOW, FILENAME, LINE) \
1039 { \
1040 if ((FIELD) > (HIGH) || (FIELD) < (LOW)) \
1041 { \
1042 as_bad_where ((FILENAME), (LINE), \
1043 _("Field out of range [%d..%d] (%d)."), (LOW), (HIGH), \
1044 (int) (FIELD));\
1045 break; \
1046 } \
1047 }
1048
1049 /* Simple alignment checking for FIELD against ALIGN (a power of two).
1050 IGNORE is used to suppress the error message. */
1051
1052 #define CHECK_ALIGN(FIELD, ALIGN, IGNORE) \
1053 { \
1054 if ((FIELD) & ((ALIGN) - 1)) \
1055 { \
1056 if (! IGNORE) \
1057 as_bad (_("Field not properly aligned [%d] (%d)."), (ALIGN), \
1058 (int) (FIELD));\
1059 break; \
1060 } \
1061 }
1062
1063 #define is_DP_relative(exp) \
1064 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1065 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$global$") == 0)
1066
1067 #define is_SB_relative(exp) \
1068 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1069 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$segrel$") == 0)
1070
1071 #define is_PC_relative(exp) \
1072 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1073 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$PIC_pcrel$0") == 0)
1074
1075 #define is_tls_gdidx(exp) \
1076 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1077 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_gdidx$") == 0)
1078
1079 #define is_tls_ldidx(exp) \
1080 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1081 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_ldidx$") == 0)
1082
1083 #define is_tls_dtpoff(exp) \
1084 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1085 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_dtpoff$") == 0)
1086
1087 #define is_tls_ieoff(exp) \
1088 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1089 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_ieoff$") == 0)
1090
1091 #define is_tls_leoff(exp) \
1092 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1093 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_leoff$") == 0)
1094
1095 /* We need some complex handling for stabs (sym1 - sym2). Luckily, we'll
1096 always be able to reduce the expression to a constant, so we don't
1097 need real complex handling yet. */
1098 #define is_complex(exp) \
1099 ((exp).X_op != O_constant && (exp).X_op != O_symbol)
1100
1101 /* Actual functions to implement the PA specific code for the assembler. */
1102
1103 /* Called before writing the object file. Make sure entry/exit and
1104 proc/procend pairs match. */
1105
1106 void
1107 pa_check_eof (void)
1108 {
1109 if (within_entry_exit)
1110 as_fatal (_("Missing .exit\n"));
1111
1112 if (within_procedure)
1113 as_fatal (_("Missing .procend\n"));
1114 }
1115
1116 /* Returns a pointer to the label_symbol_struct for the current space.
1117 or NULL if no label_symbol_struct exists for the current space. */
1118
1119 static label_symbol_struct *
1120 pa_get_label (void)
1121 {
1122 label_symbol_struct *label_chain;
1123
1124 for (label_chain = label_symbols_rootp;
1125 label_chain;
1126 label_chain = label_chain->lss_next)
1127 {
1128 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1129 if (current_space == label_chain->lss_space && label_chain->lss_label)
1130 return label_chain;
1131 #endif
1132 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1133 if (now_seg == label_chain->lss_segment && label_chain->lss_label)
1134 return label_chain;
1135 #endif
1136 }
1137
1138 return NULL;
1139 }
1140
1141 /* Defines a label for the current space. If one is already defined,
1142 this function will replace it with the new label. */
1143
1144 void
1145 pa_define_label (symbolS *symbol)
1146 {
1147 label_symbol_struct *label_chain = pa_get_label ();
1148
1149 if (label_chain)
1150 label_chain->lss_label = symbol;
1151 else
1152 {
1153 /* Create a new label entry and add it to the head of the chain. */
1154 label_chain = xmalloc (sizeof (label_symbol_struct));
1155 label_chain->lss_label = symbol;
1156 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1157 label_chain->lss_space = current_space;
1158 #endif
1159 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1160 label_chain->lss_segment = now_seg;
1161 #endif
1162 label_chain->lss_next = NULL;
1163
1164 if (label_symbols_rootp)
1165 label_chain->lss_next = label_symbols_rootp;
1166
1167 label_symbols_rootp = label_chain;
1168 }
1169
1170 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1171 dwarf2_emit_label (symbol);
1172 #endif
1173 }
1174
1175 /* Removes a label definition for the current space.
1176 If there is no label_symbol_struct entry, then no action is taken. */
1177
1178 static void
1179 pa_undefine_label (void)
1180 {
1181 label_symbol_struct *label_chain;
1182 label_symbol_struct *prev_label_chain = NULL;
1183
1184 for (label_chain = label_symbols_rootp;
1185 label_chain;
1186 label_chain = label_chain->lss_next)
1187 {
1188 if (1
1189 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1190 && current_space == label_chain->lss_space && label_chain->lss_label
1191 #endif
1192 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1193 && now_seg == label_chain->lss_segment && label_chain->lss_label
1194 #endif
1195 )
1196 {
1197 /* Remove the label from the chain and free its memory. */
1198 if (prev_label_chain)
1199 prev_label_chain->lss_next = label_chain->lss_next;
1200 else
1201 label_symbols_rootp = label_chain->lss_next;
1202
1203 free (label_chain);
1204 break;
1205 }
1206 prev_label_chain = label_chain;
1207 }
1208 }
1209
1210 /* An HPPA-specific version of fix_new. This is required because the HPPA
1211 code needs to keep track of some extra stuff. Each call to fix_new_hppa
1212 results in the creation of an instance of an hppa_fix_struct. An
1213 hppa_fix_struct stores the extra information along with a pointer to the
1214 original fixS. This is attached to the original fixup via the
1215 tc_fix_data field. */
1216
1217 static void
1218 fix_new_hppa (fragS *frag,
1219 int where,
1220 int size,
1221 symbolS *add_symbol,
1222 offsetT offset,
1223 expressionS *exp,
1224 int pcrel,
1225 bfd_reloc_code_real_type r_type,
1226 enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt r_field,
1227 int r_format,
1228 unsigned int arg_reloc,
1229 int unwind_bits ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1230 {
1231 fixS *new_fix;
1232 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix = obstack_alloc (&notes, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct));
1233
1234 if (exp != NULL)
1235 new_fix = fix_new_exp (frag, where, size, exp, pcrel, r_type);
1236 else
1237 new_fix = fix_new (frag, where, size, add_symbol, offset, pcrel, r_type);
1238 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
1239 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = r_type;
1240 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = r_field;
1241 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = r_format;
1242 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = arg_reloc;
1243 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
1244 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1245 if (r_type == R_ENTRY || r_type == R_EXIT)
1246 new_fix->fx_offset = unwind_bits;
1247 #endif
1248
1249 /* foo-$global$ is used to access non-automatic storage. $global$
1250 is really just a marker and has served its purpose, so eliminate
1251 it now so as not to confuse write.c. Ditto for $PIC_pcrel$0. */
1252 if (new_fix->fx_subsy
1253 && (strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$global$") == 0
1254 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$segrel$") == 0
1255 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$PIC_pcrel$0") == 0
1256 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_gdidx$") == 0
1257 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_ldidx$") == 0
1258 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_dtpoff$") == 0
1259 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_ieoff$") == 0
1260 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_leoff$") == 0))
1261 new_fix->fx_subsy = NULL;
1262 }
1263
1264 /* This fix_new is called by cons via TC_CONS_FIX_NEW.
1265 hppa_field_selector is set by the parse_cons_expression_hppa. */
1266
1267 void
1268 cons_fix_new_hppa (fragS *frag, int where, int size, expressionS *exp)
1269 {
1270 unsigned int rel_type;
1271
1272 /* Get a base relocation type. */
1273 if (is_DP_relative (*exp))
1274 rel_type = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
1275 else if (is_PC_relative (*exp))
1276 rel_type = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
1277 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1278 else if (is_SB_relative (*exp))
1279 rel_type = R_PARISC_SEGREL32;
1280 else if (is_tls_gdidx (*exp))
1281 rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
1282 else if (is_tls_ldidx (*exp))
1283 rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
1284 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (*exp))
1285 rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
1286 else if (is_tls_ieoff (*exp))
1287 rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
1288 else if (is_tls_leoff (*exp))
1289 rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
1290 #endif
1291 else if (is_complex (*exp))
1292 rel_type = R_HPPA_COMPLEX;
1293 else
1294 rel_type = R_HPPA;
1295
1296 if (hppa_field_selector != e_psel && hppa_field_selector != e_fsel)
1297 {
1298 as_warn (_("Invalid field selector. Assuming F%%."));
1299 hppa_field_selector = e_fsel;
1300 }
1301
1302 fix_new_hppa (frag, where, size,
1303 (symbolS *) NULL, (offsetT) 0, exp, 0, rel_type,
1304 hppa_field_selector, size * 8, 0, 0);
1305
1306 /* Reset field selector to its default state. */
1307 hppa_field_selector = 0;
1308 }
1309
1310 /* Mark (via expr_end) the end of an expression (I think). FIXME. */
1311
1312 static void
1313 get_expression (char *str)
1314 {
1315 char *save_in;
1316 asection *seg;
1317
1318 save_in = input_line_pointer;
1319 input_line_pointer = str;
1320 seg = expression (&the_insn.exp);
1321 if (!(seg == absolute_section
1322 || seg == undefined_section
1323 || SEG_NORMAL (seg)))
1324 {
1325 as_warn (_("Bad segment in expression."));
1326 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
1327 input_line_pointer = save_in;
1328 return;
1329 }
1330 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
1331 input_line_pointer = save_in;
1332 }
1333
1334 /* Parse a PA nullification completer (,n). Return nonzero if the
1335 completer was found; return zero if no completer was found. */
1336
1337 static int
1338 pa_parse_nullif (char **s)
1339 {
1340 int nullif;
1341
1342 nullif = 0;
1343 if (**s == ',')
1344 {
1345 *s = *s + 1;
1346 if (strncasecmp (*s, "n", 1) == 0)
1347 nullif = 1;
1348 else
1349 {
1350 as_bad (_("Invalid Nullification: (%c)"), **s);
1351 nullif = 0;
1352 }
1353 *s = *s + 1;
1354 }
1355
1356 return nullif;
1357 }
1358
1359 char *
1360 md_atof (int type, char *litP, int *sizeP)
1361 {
1362 return ieee_md_atof (type, litP, sizeP, TRUE);
1363 }
1364
1365 /* Write out big-endian. */
1366
1367 void
1368 md_number_to_chars (char *buf, valueT val, int n)
1369 {
1370 number_to_chars_bigendian (buf, val, n);
1371 }
1372
1373 /* Translate internal representation of relocation info to BFD target
1374 format. */
1375
1376 arelent **
1377 tc_gen_reloc (asection *section, fixS *fixp)
1378 {
1379 arelent *reloc;
1380 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixp;
1381 static arelent *no_relocs = NULL;
1382 arelent **relocs;
1383 reloc_type **codes;
1384 reloc_type code;
1385 int n_relocs;
1386 int i;
1387
1388 hppa_fixp = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
1389 if (fixp->fx_addsy == 0)
1390 return &no_relocs;
1391
1392 gas_assert (hppa_fixp != 0);
1393 gas_assert (section != 0);
1394
1395 reloc = xmalloc (sizeof (arelent));
1396
1397 reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
1398 *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
1399
1400 /* Allow fixup_segment to recognize hand-written pc-relative relocations.
1401 When we went through cons_fix_new_hppa, we classified them as complex. */
1402 /* ??? It might be better to hide this +8 stuff in tc_cfi_emit_pcrel_expr,
1403 undefine DIFF_EXPR_OK, and let these sorts of complex expressions fail
1404 when R_HPPA_COMPLEX == R_PARISC_UNIMPLEMENTED. */
1405 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) R_HPPA_COMPLEX
1406 && fixp->fx_pcrel)
1407 {
1408 fixp->fx_r_type = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
1409 fixp->fx_offset += 8;
1410 }
1411
1412 codes = hppa_gen_reloc_type (stdoutput,
1413 fixp->fx_r_type,
1414 hppa_fixp->fx_r_format,
1415 hppa_fixp->fx_r_field,
1416 fixp->fx_subsy != NULL,
1417 symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy));
1418
1419 if (codes == NULL)
1420 {
1421 as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line, _("Cannot handle fixup"));
1422 abort ();
1423 }
1424
1425 for (n_relocs = 0; codes[n_relocs]; n_relocs++)
1426 ;
1427
1428 relocs = xmalloc (sizeof (arelent *) * n_relocs + 1);
1429 reloc = xmalloc (sizeof (arelent) * n_relocs);
1430 for (i = 0; i < n_relocs; i++)
1431 relocs[i] = &reloc[i];
1432
1433 relocs[n_relocs] = NULL;
1434
1435 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1436 switch (fixp->fx_r_type)
1437 {
1438 default:
1439 gas_assert (n_relocs == 1);
1440
1441 code = *codes[0];
1442
1443 /* Now, do any processing that is dependent on the relocation type. */
1444 switch (code)
1445 {
1446 case R_PARISC_DLTREL21L:
1447 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14R:
1448 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14F:
1449 case R_PARISC_PLABEL32:
1450 case R_PARISC_PLABEL21L:
1451 case R_PARISC_PLABEL14R:
1452 /* For plabel relocations, the addend of the
1453 relocation should be either 0 (no static link) or 2
1454 (static link required). This adjustment is done in
1455 bfd/elf32-hppa.c:elf32_hppa_relocate_section.
1456
1457 We also slam a zero addend into the DLT relative relocs;
1458 it doesn't make a lot of sense to use any addend since
1459 it gets you a different (eg unknown) DLT entry. */
1460 reloc->addend = 0;
1461 break;
1462
1463 #ifdef ELF_ARG_RELOC
1464 case R_PARISC_PCREL17R:
1465 case R_PARISC_PCREL17F:
1466 case R_PARISC_PCREL17C:
1467 case R_PARISC_DIR17R:
1468 case R_PARISC_DIR17F:
1469 case R_PARISC_PCREL21L:
1470 case R_PARISC_DIR21L:
1471 reloc->addend = HPPA_R_ADDEND (hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc,
1472 fixp->fx_offset);
1473 break;
1474 #endif
1475
1476 case R_PARISC_DIR32:
1477 /* Facilitate hand-crafted unwind info. */
1478 if (strcmp (section->name, UNWIND_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
1479 code = R_PARISC_SEGREL32;
1480 /* Fall thru */
1481
1482 default:
1483 reloc->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
1484 break;
1485 }
1486
1487 reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
1488 *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
1489 reloc->howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1490 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) code);
1491 reloc->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
1492
1493 gas_assert (reloc->howto && (unsigned int) code == reloc->howto->type);
1494 break;
1495 }
1496 #else /* OBJ_SOM */
1497
1498 /* Walk over reach relocation returned by the BFD backend. */
1499 for (i = 0; i < n_relocs; i++)
1500 {
1501 code = *codes[i];
1502
1503 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
1504 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
1505 relocs[i]->howto =
1506 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1507 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) code);
1508 relocs[i]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
1509
1510 switch (code)
1511 {
1512 case R_COMP2:
1513 /* The only time we ever use a R_COMP2 fixup is for the difference
1514 of two symbols. With that in mind we fill in all four
1515 relocs now and break out of the loop. */
1516 gas_assert (i == 1);
1517 relocs[0]->sym_ptr_ptr
1518 = (asymbol **) bfd_abs_section_ptr->symbol_ptr_ptr;
1519 relocs[0]->howto
1520 = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1521 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[0]);
1522 relocs[0]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
1523 relocs[0]->addend = 0;
1524 relocs[1]->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
1525 *relocs[1]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
1526 relocs[1]->howto
1527 = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1528 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[1]);
1529 relocs[1]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
1530 relocs[1]->addend = 0;
1531 relocs[2]->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
1532 *relocs[2]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_subsy);
1533 relocs[2]->howto
1534 = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1535 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[2]);
1536 relocs[2]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
1537 relocs[2]->addend = 0;
1538 relocs[3]->sym_ptr_ptr
1539 = (asymbol **) bfd_abs_section_ptr->symbol_ptr_ptr;
1540 relocs[3]->howto
1541 = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1542 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[3]);
1543 relocs[3]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
1544 relocs[3]->addend = 0;
1545 relocs[4]->sym_ptr_ptr
1546 = (asymbol **) bfd_abs_section_ptr->symbol_ptr_ptr;
1547 relocs[4]->howto
1548 = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1549 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[4]);
1550 relocs[4]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
1551 relocs[4]->addend = 0;
1552 goto done;
1553 case R_PCREL_CALL:
1554 case R_ABS_CALL:
1555 relocs[i]->addend = HPPA_R_ADDEND (hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc, 0);
1556 break;
1557
1558 case R_DLT_REL:
1559 case R_DATA_PLABEL:
1560 case R_CODE_PLABEL:
1561 /* For plabel relocations, the addend of the
1562 relocation should be either 0 (no static link) or 2
1563 (static link required).
1564
1565 FIXME: We always assume no static link!
1566
1567 We also slam a zero addend into the DLT relative relocs;
1568 it doesn't make a lot of sense to use any addend since
1569 it gets you a different (eg unknown) DLT entry. */
1570 relocs[i]->addend = 0;
1571 break;
1572
1573 case R_N_MODE:
1574 case R_S_MODE:
1575 case R_D_MODE:
1576 case R_R_MODE:
1577 case R_FSEL:
1578 case R_LSEL:
1579 case R_RSEL:
1580 case R_BEGIN_BRTAB:
1581 case R_END_BRTAB:
1582 case R_BEGIN_TRY:
1583 case R_N0SEL:
1584 case R_N1SEL:
1585 /* There is no symbol or addend associated with these fixups. */
1586 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
1587 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
1588 relocs[i]->addend = 0;
1589 break;
1590
1591 case R_END_TRY:
1592 case R_ENTRY:
1593 case R_EXIT:
1594 /* There is no symbol associated with these fixups. */
1595 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
1596 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
1597 relocs[i]->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
1598 break;
1599
1600 default:
1601 relocs[i]->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
1602 }
1603 }
1604
1605 done:
1606 #endif
1607
1608 return relocs;
1609 }
1610
1611 /* Process any machine dependent frag types. */
1612
1613 void
1614 md_convert_frag (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1615 asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1616 fragS *fragP)
1617 {
1618 unsigned int address;
1619
1620 if (fragP->fr_type == rs_machine_dependent)
1621 {
1622 switch ((int) fragP->fr_subtype)
1623 {
1624 case 0:
1625 fragP->fr_type = rs_fill;
1626 know (fragP->fr_var == 1);
1627 know (fragP->fr_next);
1628 address = fragP->fr_address + fragP->fr_fix;
1629 if (address % fragP->fr_offset)
1630 {
1631 fragP->fr_offset =
1632 fragP->fr_next->fr_address
1633 - fragP->fr_address
1634 - fragP->fr_fix;
1635 }
1636 else
1637 fragP->fr_offset = 0;
1638 break;
1639 }
1640 }
1641 }
1642
1643 /* Round up a section size to the appropriate boundary. */
1644
1645 valueT
1646 md_section_align (asection *segment, valueT size)
1647 {
1648 int align = bfd_get_section_alignment (stdoutput, segment);
1649 int align2 = (1 << align) - 1;
1650
1651 return (size + align2) & ~align2;
1652 }
1653
1654 /* Return the approximate size of a frag before relaxation has occurred. */
1655
1656 int
1657 md_estimate_size_before_relax (fragS *fragP, asection *segment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1658 {
1659 int size;
1660
1661 size = 0;
1662
1663 while ((fragP->fr_fix + size) % fragP->fr_offset)
1664 size++;
1665
1666 return size;
1667 }
1668 \f
1669 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1670 # ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
1671 const char *md_shortopts = "Vc";
1672 # else
1673 const char *md_shortopts = "V";
1674 # endif
1675 #else
1676 # ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
1677 const char *md_shortopts = "c";
1678 # else
1679 const char *md_shortopts = "";
1680 # endif
1681 #endif
1682
1683 struct option md_longopts[] =
1684 {
1685 #ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
1686 {"warn-comment", no_argument, NULL, 'c'},
1687 #endif
1688 {NULL, no_argument, NULL, 0}
1689 };
1690 size_t md_longopts_size = sizeof (md_longopts);
1691
1692 int
1693 md_parse_option (int c, char *arg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1694 {
1695 switch (c)
1696 {
1697 default:
1698 return 0;
1699
1700 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1701 case 'V':
1702 print_version_id ();
1703 break;
1704 #endif
1705 #ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
1706 case 'c':
1707 warn_comment = 1;
1708 break;
1709 #endif
1710 }
1711
1712 return 1;
1713 }
1714
1715 void
1716 md_show_usage (FILE *stream ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1717 {
1718 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1719 fprintf (stream, _("\
1720 -Q ignored\n"));
1721 #endif
1722 #ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
1723 fprintf (stream, _("\
1724 -c print a warning if a comment is found\n"));
1725 #endif
1726 }
1727 \f
1728 /* We have no need to default values of symbols. */
1729
1730 symbolS *
1731 md_undefined_symbol (char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1732 {
1733 return NULL;
1734 }
1735
1736 #if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
1737 #define nonzero_dibits(x) \
1738 ((x) | (((x) & 0x55555555) << 1) | (((x) & 0xAAAAAAAA) >> 1))
1739 #define arg_reloc_stub_needed(CALLER, CALLEE) \
1740 (((CALLER) ^ (CALLEE)) & nonzero_dibits (CALLER) & nonzero_dibits (CALLEE))
1741 #else
1742 #define arg_reloc_stub_needed(CALLER, CALLEE) 0
1743 #endif
1744
1745 /* Apply a fixup to an instruction. */
1746
1747 void
1748 md_apply_fix (fixS *fixP, valueT *valP, segT seg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1749 {
1750 char *fixpos;
1751 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixP;
1752 offsetT new_val;
1753 int insn, val, fmt;
1754
1755 /* SOM uses R_HPPA_ENTRY and R_HPPA_EXIT relocations which can
1756 never be "applied" (they are just markers). Likewise for
1757 R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB and R_HPPA_END_BRTAB. */
1758 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1759 if (fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_ENTRY
1760 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_EXIT
1761 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB
1762 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_END_BRTAB
1763 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY)
1764 return;
1765
1766 /* Disgusting. We must set fx_offset ourselves -- R_HPPA_END_TRY
1767 fixups are considered not adjustable, which in turn causes
1768 adjust_reloc_syms to not set fx_offset. Ugh. */
1769 if (fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_END_TRY)
1770 {
1771 fixP->fx_offset = * valP;
1772 return;
1773 }
1774 #endif
1775 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1776 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY
1777 || fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT)
1778 return;
1779 #endif
1780
1781 if (fixP->fx_addsy == NULL && fixP->fx_pcrel == 0)
1782 fixP->fx_done = 1;
1783
1784 /* There should be a HPPA specific fixup associated with the GAS fixup. */
1785 hppa_fixP = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixP->tc_fix_data;
1786 if (hppa_fixP == NULL)
1787 {
1788 as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
1789 _("no hppa_fixup entry for fixup type 0x%x"),
1790 fixP->fx_r_type);
1791 return;
1792 }
1793
1794 fixpos = fixP->fx_frag->fr_literal + fixP->fx_where;
1795
1796 if (fixP->fx_size != 4 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_format == 32)
1797 {
1798 /* Handle constant output. */
1799 number_to_chars_bigendian (fixpos, *valP, fixP->fx_size);
1800 return;
1801 }
1802
1803 insn = bfd_get_32 (stdoutput, fixpos);
1804 fmt = bfd_hppa_insn2fmt (stdoutput, insn);
1805
1806 /* If there is a symbol associated with this fixup, then it's something
1807 which will need a SOM relocation (except for some PC-relative relocs).
1808 In such cases we should treat the "val" or "addend" as zero since it
1809 will be added in as needed from fx_offset in tc_gen_reloc. */
1810 if ((fixP->fx_addsy != NULL
1811 || fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_NONE)
1812 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1813 && fmt != 32
1814 #endif
1815 )
1816 new_val = ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) ? 8 : 0);
1817 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1818 /* These field selectors imply that we do not want an addend. */
1819 else if (hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_psel
1820 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_rpsel
1821 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_lpsel
1822 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_tsel
1823 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_rtsel
1824 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_ltsel)
1825 new_val = ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) ? 8 : 0);
1826 #endif
1827 else
1828 new_val = hppa_field_adjust (* valP, 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field);
1829
1830 /* Handle pc-relative exceptions from above. */
1831 if ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22)
1832 && fixP->fx_addsy
1833 && fixP->fx_pcrel
1834 && !arg_reloc_stub_needed (symbol_arg_reloc_info (fixP->fx_addsy),
1835 hppa_fixP->fx_arg_reloc)
1836 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1837 && (* valP - 8 + 8192 < 16384
1838 || (fmt == 17 && * valP - 8 + 262144 < 524288)
1839 || (fmt == 22 && * valP - 8 + 8388608 < 16777216))
1840 #endif
1841 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1842 && (* valP - 8 + 262144 < 524288
1843 || (fmt == 22 && * valP - 8 + 8388608 < 16777216))
1844 #endif
1845 && !S_IS_EXTERNAL (fixP->fx_addsy)
1846 && !S_IS_WEAK (fixP->fx_addsy)
1847 && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) == hppa_fixP->segment
1848 && !(fixP->fx_subsy
1849 && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_subsy) != hppa_fixP->segment))
1850 {
1851 new_val = hppa_field_adjust (* valP, 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field);
1852 }
1853
1854 switch (fmt)
1855 {
1856 case 10:
1857 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192,
1858 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1859 val = new_val;
1860
1861 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff1) | (((val & 0x1ff8) << 1)
1862 | ((val & 0x2000) >> 13));
1863 break;
1864 case -11:
1865 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192,
1866 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1867 val = new_val;
1868
1869 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff9) | (((val & 0x1ffc) << 1)
1870 | ((val & 0x2000) >> 13));
1871 break;
1872 /* Handle all opcodes with the 'j' operand type. */
1873 case 14:
1874 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192,
1875 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1876 val = new_val;
1877
1878 insn = ((insn & ~ 0x3fff) | low_sign_unext (val, 14));
1879 break;
1880
1881 /* Handle all opcodes with the 'k' operand type. */
1882 case 21:
1883 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 1048575, -1048576,
1884 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1885 val = new_val;
1886
1887 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1fffff) | re_assemble_21 (val);
1888 break;
1889
1890 /* Handle all the opcodes with the 'i' operand type. */
1891 case 11:
1892 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 1023, -1024,
1893 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1894 val = new_val;
1895
1896 insn = (insn & ~ 0x7ff) | low_sign_unext (val, 11);
1897 break;
1898
1899 /* Handle all the opcodes with the 'w' operand type. */
1900 case 12:
1901 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 8191, -8192,
1902 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1903 val = new_val - 8;
1904
1905 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1ffd) | re_assemble_12 (val >> 2);
1906 break;
1907
1908 /* Handle some of the opcodes with the 'W' operand type. */
1909 case 17:
1910 {
1911 offsetT distance = * valP;
1912
1913 /* If this is an absolute branch (ie no link) with an out of
1914 range target, then we want to complain. */
1915 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL
1916 && (insn & 0xffe00000) == 0xe8000000)
1917 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (distance - 8, 262143, -262144,
1918 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1919
1920 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 262143, -262144,
1921 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1922 val = new_val - 8;
1923
1924 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1f1ffd) | re_assemble_17 (val >> 2);
1925 break;
1926 }
1927
1928 case 22:
1929 {
1930 offsetT distance = * valP;
1931
1932 /* If this is an absolute branch (ie no link) with an out of
1933 range target, then we want to complain. */
1934 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL
1935 && (insn & 0xffe00000) == 0xe8000000)
1936 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (distance - 8, 8388607, -8388608,
1937 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1938
1939 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 8388607, -8388608,
1940 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1941 val = new_val - 8;
1942
1943 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff1ffd) | re_assemble_22 (val >> 2);
1944 break;
1945 }
1946
1947 case -10:
1948 val = new_val;
1949 insn = (insn & ~ 0xfff1) | re_assemble_16 (val & -8);
1950 break;
1951
1952 case -16:
1953 val = new_val;
1954 insn = (insn & ~ 0xfff9) | re_assemble_16 (val & -4);
1955 break;
1956
1957 case 16:
1958 val = new_val;
1959 insn = (insn & ~ 0xffff) | re_assemble_16 (val);
1960 break;
1961
1962 case 32:
1963 insn = new_val;
1964 break;
1965
1966 default:
1967 as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
1968 _("Unknown relocation encountered in md_apply_fix."));
1969 return;
1970 }
1971
1972 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1973 switch (fixP->fx_r_type)
1974 {
1975 case R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L:
1976 case R_PARISC_TLS_GD14R:
1977 case R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L:
1978 case R_PARISC_TLS_LDM14R:
1979 case R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L:
1980 case R_PARISC_TLS_LE14R:
1981 case R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L:
1982 case R_PARISC_TLS_IE14R:
1983 if (fixP->fx_addsy)
1984 S_SET_THREAD_LOCAL (fixP->fx_addsy);
1985 break;
1986 default:
1987 break;
1988 }
1989 #endif
1990
1991 /* Insert the relocation. */
1992 bfd_put_32 (stdoutput, insn, fixpos);
1993 }
1994
1995 /* Exactly what point is a PC-relative offset relative TO?
1996 On the PA, they're relative to the address of the offset. */
1997
1998 long
1999 md_pcrel_from (fixS *fixP)
2000 {
2001 return fixP->fx_where + fixP->fx_frag->fr_address;
2002 }
2003
2004 /* Return nonzero if the input line pointer is at the end of
2005 a statement. */
2006
2007 static int
2008 is_end_of_statement (void)
2009 {
2010 return ((*input_line_pointer == '\n')
2011 || (*input_line_pointer == ';')
2012 || (*input_line_pointer == '!'));
2013 }
2014
2015 #define REG_NAME_CNT (sizeof (pre_defined_registers) / sizeof (struct pd_reg))
2016
2017 /* Given NAME, find the register number associated with that name, return
2018 the integer value associated with the given name or -1 on failure. */
2019
2020 static int
2021 reg_name_search (char *name)
2022 {
2023 int middle, low, high;
2024 int cmp;
2025
2026 low = 0;
2027 high = REG_NAME_CNT - 1;
2028
2029 do
2030 {
2031 middle = (low + high) / 2;
2032 cmp = strcasecmp (name, pre_defined_registers[middle].name);
2033 if (cmp < 0)
2034 high = middle - 1;
2035 else if (cmp > 0)
2036 low = middle + 1;
2037 else
2038 return pre_defined_registers[middle].value;
2039 }
2040 while (low <= high);
2041
2042 return -1;
2043 }
2044
2045 /* Read a number from S. The number might come in one of many forms,
2046 the most common will be a hex or decimal constant, but it could be
2047 a pre-defined register (Yuk!), or an absolute symbol.
2048
2049 Return 1 on success or 0 on failure. If STRICT, then a missing
2050 register prefix will cause a failure. The number itself is
2051 returned in `pa_number'.
2052
2053 IS_FLOAT indicates that a PA-89 FP register number should be
2054 parsed; A `l' or `r' suffix is checked for if but 2 of IS_FLOAT is
2055 not set.
2056
2057 pa_parse_number can not handle negative constants and will fail
2058 horribly if it is passed such a constant. */
2059
2060 static int
2061 pa_parse_number (char **s, int is_float)
2062 {
2063 int num;
2064 char *name;
2065 char c;
2066 symbolS *sym;
2067 int status;
2068 char *p = *s;
2069 bfd_boolean have_prefix;
2070
2071 /* Skip whitespace before the number. */
2072 while (*p == ' ' || *p == '\t')
2073 p = p + 1;
2074
2075 pa_number = -1;
2076 have_prefix = 0;
2077 num = 0;
2078 if (!strict && ISDIGIT (*p))
2079 {
2080 /* Looks like a number. */
2081
2082 if (*p == '0' && (*(p + 1) == 'x' || *(p + 1) == 'X'))
2083 {
2084 /* The number is specified in hex. */
2085 p += 2;
2086 while (ISDIGIT (*p) || ((*p >= 'a') && (*p <= 'f'))
2087 || ((*p >= 'A') && (*p <= 'F')))
2088 {
2089 if (ISDIGIT (*p))
2090 num = num * 16 + *p - '0';
2091 else if (*p >= 'a' && *p <= 'f')
2092 num = num * 16 + *p - 'a' + 10;
2093 else
2094 num = num * 16 + *p - 'A' + 10;
2095 ++p;
2096 }
2097 }
2098 else
2099 {
2100 /* The number is specified in decimal. */
2101 while (ISDIGIT (*p))
2102 {
2103 num = num * 10 + *p - '0';
2104 ++p;
2105 }
2106 }
2107
2108 pa_number = num;
2109
2110 /* Check for a `l' or `r' suffix. */
2111 if (is_float)
2112 {
2113 pa_number += FP_REG_BASE;
2114 if (! (is_float & 2))
2115 {
2116 if (IS_R_SELECT (p))
2117 {
2118 pa_number += FP_REG_RSEL;
2119 ++p;
2120 }
2121 else if (IS_L_SELECT (p))
2122 {
2123 ++p;
2124 }
2125 }
2126 }
2127 }
2128 else if (*p == '%')
2129 {
2130 /* The number might be a predefined register. */
2131 have_prefix = 1;
2132 name = p;
2133 p++;
2134 c = *p;
2135 /* Tege hack: Special case for general registers as the general
2136 code makes a binary search with case translation, and is VERY
2137 slow. */
2138 if (c == 'r')
2139 {
2140 p++;
2141 if (*p == 'e' && *(p + 1) == 't'
2142 && (*(p + 2) == '0' || *(p + 2) == '1'))
2143 {
2144 p += 2;
2145 num = *p - '0' + 28;
2146 p++;
2147 }
2148 else if (*p == 'p')
2149 {
2150 num = 2;
2151 p++;
2152 }
2153 else if (!ISDIGIT (*p))
2154 {
2155 if (print_errors)
2156 as_bad (_("Undefined register: '%s'."), name);
2157 num = -1;
2158 }
2159 else
2160 {
2161 do
2162 num = num * 10 + *p++ - '0';
2163 while (ISDIGIT (*p));
2164 }
2165 }
2166 else
2167 {
2168 /* Do a normal register search. */
2169 while (is_part_of_name (c))
2170 {
2171 p = p + 1;
2172 c = *p;
2173 }
2174 *p = 0;
2175 status = reg_name_search (name);
2176 if (status >= 0)
2177 num = status;
2178 else
2179 {
2180 if (print_errors)
2181 as_bad (_("Undefined register: '%s'."), name);
2182 num = -1;
2183 }
2184 *p = c;
2185 }
2186
2187 pa_number = num;
2188 }
2189 else
2190 {
2191 /* And finally, it could be a symbol in the absolute section which
2192 is effectively a constant, or a register alias symbol. */
2193 name = p;
2194 c = *p;
2195 while (is_part_of_name (c))
2196 {
2197 p = p + 1;
2198 c = *p;
2199 }
2200 *p = 0;
2201 if ((sym = symbol_find (name)) != NULL)
2202 {
2203 if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) == reg_section)
2204 {
2205 num = S_GET_VALUE (sym);
2206 /* Well, we don't really have one, but we do have a
2207 register, so... */
2208 have_prefix = TRUE;
2209 }
2210 else if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) == bfd_abs_section_ptr)
2211 num = S_GET_VALUE (sym);
2212 else if (!strict)
2213 {
2214 if (print_errors)
2215 as_bad (_("Non-absolute symbol: '%s'."), name);
2216 num = -1;
2217 }
2218 }
2219 else if (!strict)
2220 {
2221 /* There is where we'd come for an undefined symbol
2222 or for an empty string. For an empty string we
2223 will return zero. That's a concession made for
2224 compatibility with the braindamaged HP assemblers. */
2225 if (*name == 0)
2226 num = 0;
2227 else
2228 {
2229 if (print_errors)
2230 as_bad (_("Undefined absolute constant: '%s'."), name);
2231 num = -1;
2232 }
2233 }
2234 *p = c;
2235
2236 pa_number = num;
2237 }
2238
2239 if (!strict || have_prefix)
2240 {
2241 *s = p;
2242 return 1;
2243 }
2244 return 0;
2245 }
2246
2247 /* Return nonzero if the given INSN and L/R information will require
2248 a new PA-1.1 opcode. */
2249
2250 static int
2251 need_pa11_opcode (void)
2252 {
2253 if ((pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL) != 0
2254 && !(the_insn.fpof1 == DBL && the_insn.fpof2 == DBL))
2255 {
2256 /* If this instruction is specific to a particular architecture,
2257 then set a new architecture. */
2258 if (bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < pa11)
2259 {
2260 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, pa11))
2261 as_warn (_("could not update architecture and machine"));
2262 }
2263 return TRUE;
2264 }
2265 else
2266 return FALSE;
2267 }
2268
2269 /* Parse a condition for a fcmp instruction. Return the numerical
2270 code associated with the condition. */
2271
2272 static int
2273 pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond (char **s)
2274 {
2275 int cond, i;
2276
2277 cond = 0;
2278
2279 for (i = 0; i < 32; i++)
2280 {
2281 if (strncasecmp (*s, fp_cond_map[i].string,
2282 strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string)) == 0)
2283 {
2284 cond = fp_cond_map[i].cond;
2285 *s += strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string);
2286 /* If not a complete match, back up the input string and
2287 report an error. */
2288 if (**s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
2289 {
2290 *s -= strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string);
2291 break;
2292 }
2293 while (**s == ' ' || **s == '\t')
2294 *s = *s + 1;
2295 return cond;
2296 }
2297 }
2298
2299 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Compare Condition: %s"), *s);
2300
2301 /* Advance over the bogus completer. */
2302 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
2303 *s += 1;
2304
2305 return 0;
2306 }
2307
2308 /* Parse a graphics test complete for ftest. */
2309
2310 static int
2311 pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer (char **s)
2312 {
2313 int value;
2314
2315 value = 0;
2316 if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc8", 4) == 0)
2317 {
2318 value = 5;
2319 *s += 4;
2320 }
2321 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc6", 4) == 0)
2322 {
2323 value = 9;
2324 *s += 4;
2325 }
2326 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc4", 4) == 0)
2327 {
2328 value = 13;
2329 *s += 4;
2330 }
2331 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc2", 4) == 0)
2332 {
2333 value = 17;
2334 *s += 4;
2335 }
2336 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc", 3) == 0)
2337 {
2338 value = 1;
2339 *s += 3;
2340 }
2341 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "rej8", 4) == 0)
2342 {
2343 value = 6;
2344 *s += 4;
2345 }
2346 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "rej", 3) == 0)
2347 {
2348 value = 2;
2349 *s += 3;
2350 }
2351 else
2352 {
2353 value = 0;
2354 as_bad (_("Invalid FTEST completer: %s"), *s);
2355 }
2356
2357 return value;
2358 }
2359
2360 /* Parse an FP operand format completer returning the completer
2361 type. */
2362
2363 static fp_operand_format
2364 pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (char **s)
2365 {
2366 int format;
2367
2368 format = SGL;
2369 if (**s == ',')
2370 {
2371 *s += 1;
2372 if (strncasecmp (*s, "sgl", 3) == 0)
2373 {
2374 format = SGL;
2375 *s += 4;
2376 }
2377 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dbl", 3) == 0)
2378 {
2379 format = DBL;
2380 *s += 4;
2381 }
2382 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "quad", 4) == 0)
2383 {
2384 format = QUAD;
2385 *s += 5;
2386 }
2387 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "w", 1) == 0)
2388 {
2389 format = W;
2390 *s += 2;
2391 }
2392 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "uw", 2) == 0)
2393 {
2394 format = UW;
2395 *s += 3;
2396 }
2397 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dw", 2) == 0)
2398 {
2399 format = DW;
2400 *s += 3;
2401 }
2402 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "udw", 3) == 0)
2403 {
2404 format = UDW;
2405 *s += 4;
2406 }
2407 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "qw", 2) == 0)
2408 {
2409 format = QW;
2410 *s += 3;
2411 }
2412 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "uqw", 3) == 0)
2413 {
2414 format = UQW;
2415 *s += 4;
2416 }
2417 else
2418 {
2419 format = ILLEGAL_FMT;
2420 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Operand Format: %3s"), *s);
2421 }
2422 }
2423
2424 return format;
2425 }
2426
2427 /* Parse an FP operand format completer returning the completer
2428 type. */
2429
2430 static fp_operand_format
2431 pa_parse_fp_format (char **s)
2432 {
2433 int format;
2434
2435 format = SGL;
2436 if (**s == ',')
2437 {
2438 *s += 1;
2439 if (strncasecmp (*s, "sgl", 3) == 0)
2440 {
2441 format = SGL;
2442 *s += 4;
2443 }
2444 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dbl", 3) == 0)
2445 {
2446 format = DBL;
2447 *s += 4;
2448 }
2449 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "quad", 4) == 0)
2450 {
2451 format = QUAD;
2452 *s += 5;
2453 }
2454 else
2455 {
2456 format = ILLEGAL_FMT;
2457 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Operand Format: %3s"), *s);
2458 }
2459 }
2460
2461 return format;
2462 }
2463
2464 /* Convert from a selector string into a selector type. */
2465
2466 static int
2467 pa_chk_field_selector (char **str)
2468 {
2469 int middle, low, high;
2470 int cmp;
2471 char name[4];
2472
2473 /* Read past any whitespace. */
2474 /* FIXME: should we read past newlines and formfeeds??? */
2475 while (**str == ' ' || **str == '\t' || **str == '\n' || **str == '\f')
2476 *str = *str + 1;
2477
2478 if ((*str)[1] == '\'' || (*str)[1] == '%')
2479 name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]),
2480 name[1] = 0;
2481 else if ((*str)[2] == '\'' || (*str)[2] == '%')
2482 name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]),
2483 name[1] = TOLOWER ((*str)[1]),
2484 name[2] = 0;
2485 else if ((*str)[3] == '\'' || (*str)[3] == '%')
2486 name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]),
2487 name[1] = TOLOWER ((*str)[1]),
2488 name[2] = TOLOWER ((*str)[2]),
2489 name[3] = 0;
2490 else
2491 return e_fsel;
2492
2493 low = 0;
2494 high = sizeof (selector_table) / sizeof (struct selector_entry) - 1;
2495
2496 do
2497 {
2498 middle = (low + high) / 2;
2499 cmp = strcmp (name, selector_table[middle].prefix);
2500 if (cmp < 0)
2501 high = middle - 1;
2502 else if (cmp > 0)
2503 low = middle + 1;
2504 else
2505 {
2506 *str += strlen (name) + 1;
2507 #ifndef OBJ_SOM
2508 if (selector_table[middle].field_selector == e_nsel)
2509 return e_fsel;
2510 #endif
2511 return selector_table[middle].field_selector;
2512 }
2513 }
2514 while (low <= high);
2515
2516 return e_fsel;
2517 }
2518
2519 /* Parse a .byte, .word, .long expression for the HPPA. Called by
2520 cons via the TC_PARSE_CONS_EXPRESSION macro. */
2521
2522 void
2523 parse_cons_expression_hppa (expressionS *exp)
2524 {
2525 hppa_field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&input_line_pointer);
2526 expression (exp);
2527 }
2528
2529 /* Evaluate an absolute expression EXP which may be modified by
2530 the selector FIELD_SELECTOR. Return the value of the expression. */
2531 static int
2532 evaluate_absolute (struct pa_it *insn)
2533 {
2534 offsetT value;
2535 expressionS exp;
2536 int field_selector = insn->field_selector;
2537
2538 exp = insn->exp;
2539 value = exp.X_add_number;
2540
2541 return hppa_field_adjust (0, value, field_selector);
2542 }
2543
2544 /* Mark (via expr_end) the end of an absolute expression. FIXME. */
2545
2546 static int
2547 pa_get_absolute_expression (struct pa_it *insn, char **strp)
2548 {
2549 char *save_in;
2550
2551 insn->field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (strp);
2552 save_in = input_line_pointer;
2553 input_line_pointer = *strp;
2554 expression (&insn->exp);
2555 /* This is not perfect, but is a huge improvement over doing nothing.
2556
2557 The PA assembly syntax is ambiguous in a variety of ways. Consider
2558 this string "4 %r5" Is that the number 4 followed by the register
2559 r5, or is that 4 MOD r5?
2560
2561 If we get a modulo expression when looking for an absolute, we try
2562 again cutting off the input string at the first whitespace character. */
2563 if (insn->exp.X_op == O_modulus)
2564 {
2565 char *s, c;
2566
2567 input_line_pointer = *strp;
2568 s = *strp;
2569 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
2570 s++;
2571
2572 c = *s;
2573 *s = 0;
2574
2575 pa_get_absolute_expression (insn, strp);
2576
2577 input_line_pointer = save_in;
2578 *s = c;
2579 return evaluate_absolute (insn);
2580 }
2581 /* When in strict mode we have a non-match, fix up the pointers
2582 and return to our caller. */
2583 if (insn->exp.X_op != O_constant && strict)
2584 {
2585 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
2586 input_line_pointer = save_in;
2587 return 0;
2588 }
2589 if (insn->exp.X_op != O_constant)
2590 {
2591 as_bad (_("Bad segment (should be absolute)."));
2592 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
2593 input_line_pointer = save_in;
2594 return 0;
2595 }
2596 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
2597 input_line_pointer = save_in;
2598 return evaluate_absolute (insn);
2599 }
2600
2601 /* Given an argument location specification return the associated
2602 argument location number. */
2603
2604 static unsigned int
2605 pa_build_arg_reloc (char *type_name)
2606 {
2607
2608 if (strncasecmp (type_name, "no", 2) == 0)
2609 return 0;
2610 if (strncasecmp (type_name, "gr", 2) == 0)
2611 return 1;
2612 else if (strncasecmp (type_name, "fr", 2) == 0)
2613 return 2;
2614 else if (strncasecmp (type_name, "fu", 2) == 0)
2615 return 3;
2616 else
2617 as_bad (_("Invalid argument location: %s\n"), type_name);
2618
2619 return 0;
2620 }
2621
2622 /* Encode and return an argument relocation specification for
2623 the given register in the location specified by arg_reloc. */
2624
2625 static unsigned int
2626 pa_align_arg_reloc (unsigned int reg, unsigned int arg_reloc)
2627 {
2628 unsigned int new_reloc;
2629
2630 new_reloc = arg_reloc;
2631 switch (reg)
2632 {
2633 case 0:
2634 new_reloc <<= 8;
2635 break;
2636 case 1:
2637 new_reloc <<= 6;
2638 break;
2639 case 2:
2640 new_reloc <<= 4;
2641 break;
2642 case 3:
2643 new_reloc <<= 2;
2644 break;
2645 default:
2646 as_bad (_("Invalid argument description: %d"), reg);
2647 }
2648
2649 return new_reloc;
2650 }
2651
2652 /* Parse a non-negated compare/subtract completer returning the
2653 number (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
2654
2655 static int
2656 pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (char **s)
2657 {
2658 int cmpltr;
2659 char *name = *s + 1;
2660 char c;
2661 char *save_s = *s;
2662 int nullify = 0;
2663
2664 cmpltr = 0;
2665 if (**s == ',')
2666 {
2667 *s += 1;
2668 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
2669 *s += 1;
2670 c = **s;
2671 **s = 0x00;
2672
2673 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2674 {
2675 cmpltr = 1;
2676 }
2677 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2678 {
2679 cmpltr = 2;
2680 }
2681 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
2682 {
2683 cmpltr = 3;
2684 }
2685 else if (strcmp (name, "<<") == 0)
2686 {
2687 cmpltr = 4;
2688 }
2689 else if (strcmp (name, "<<=") == 0)
2690 {
2691 cmpltr = 5;
2692 }
2693 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
2694 {
2695 cmpltr = 6;
2696 }
2697 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2698 {
2699 cmpltr = 7;
2700 }
2701 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
2702 completer. */
2703 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
2704 {
2705 cmpltr = 0;
2706 nullify = 1;
2707 }
2708 else
2709 {
2710 cmpltr = -1;
2711 }
2712 **s = c;
2713 }
2714
2715 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
2716 if (nullify)
2717 *s = save_s;
2718
2719 return cmpltr;
2720 }
2721
2722 /* Parse a negated compare/subtract completer returning the
2723 number (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
2724
2725 static int
2726 pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr (char **s)
2727 {
2728 int cmpltr;
2729 char *name = *s + 1;
2730 char c;
2731 char *save_s = *s;
2732 int nullify = 0;
2733
2734 cmpltr = 0;
2735 if (**s == ',')
2736 {
2737 *s += 1;
2738 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
2739 *s += 1;
2740 c = **s;
2741 **s = 0x00;
2742
2743 if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
2744 {
2745 cmpltr = 0;
2746 }
2747 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
2748 {
2749 cmpltr = 1;
2750 }
2751 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
2752 {
2753 cmpltr = 2;
2754 }
2755 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
2756 {
2757 cmpltr = 3;
2758 }
2759 else if (strcmp (name, ">>=") == 0)
2760 {
2761 cmpltr = 4;
2762 }
2763 else if (strcmp (name, ">>") == 0)
2764 {
2765 cmpltr = 5;
2766 }
2767 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
2768 {
2769 cmpltr = 6;
2770 }
2771 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
2772 {
2773 cmpltr = 7;
2774 }
2775 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
2776 completer. */
2777 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
2778 {
2779 cmpltr = 0;
2780 nullify = 1;
2781 }
2782 else
2783 {
2784 cmpltr = -1;
2785 }
2786 **s = c;
2787 }
2788
2789 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
2790 if (nullify)
2791 *s = save_s;
2792
2793 return cmpltr;
2794 }
2795
2796 /* Parse a 64 bit compare and branch completer returning the number (for
2797 encoding in instructions) of the given completer.
2798
2799 Nonnegated comparisons are returned as 0-7, negated comparisons are
2800 returned as 8-15. */
2801
2802 static int
2803 pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr (char **s)
2804 {
2805 int cmpltr;
2806 char *name = *s + 1;
2807 char c;
2808
2809 cmpltr = -1;
2810 if (**s == ',')
2811 {
2812 *s += 1;
2813 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
2814 *s += 1;
2815 c = **s;
2816 **s = 0x00;
2817
2818 if (strcmp (name, "*") == 0)
2819 {
2820 cmpltr = 0;
2821 }
2822 else if (strcmp (name, "*=") == 0)
2823 {
2824 cmpltr = 1;
2825 }
2826 else if (strcmp (name, "*<") == 0)
2827 {
2828 cmpltr = 2;
2829 }
2830 else if (strcmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
2831 {
2832 cmpltr = 3;
2833 }
2834 else if (strcmp (name, "*<<") == 0)
2835 {
2836 cmpltr = 4;
2837 }
2838 else if (strcmp (name, "*<<=") == 0)
2839 {
2840 cmpltr = 5;
2841 }
2842 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*sv") == 0)
2843 {
2844 cmpltr = 6;
2845 }
2846 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*od") == 0)
2847 {
2848 cmpltr = 7;
2849 }
2850 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*tr") == 0)
2851 {
2852 cmpltr = 8;
2853 }
2854 else if (strcmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
2855 {
2856 cmpltr = 9;
2857 }
2858 else if (strcmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
2859 {
2860 cmpltr = 10;
2861 }
2862 else if (strcmp (name, "*>") == 0)
2863 {
2864 cmpltr = 11;
2865 }
2866 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>=") == 0)
2867 {
2868 cmpltr = 12;
2869 }
2870 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>") == 0)
2871 {
2872 cmpltr = 13;
2873 }
2874 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*nsv") == 0)
2875 {
2876 cmpltr = 14;
2877 }
2878 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*ev") == 0)
2879 {
2880 cmpltr = 15;
2881 }
2882 else
2883 {
2884 cmpltr = -1;
2885 }
2886 **s = c;
2887 }
2888
2889 return cmpltr;
2890 }
2891
2892 /* Parse a 64 bit compare immediate and branch completer returning the number
2893 (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
2894
2895 static int
2896 pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr (char **s)
2897 {
2898 int cmpltr;
2899 char *name = *s + 1;
2900 char c;
2901
2902 cmpltr = -1;
2903 if (**s == ',')
2904 {
2905 *s += 1;
2906 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
2907 *s += 1;
2908 c = **s;
2909 **s = 0x00;
2910
2911 if (strcmp (name, "*<<") == 0)
2912 {
2913 cmpltr = 0;
2914 }
2915 else if (strcmp (name, "*=") == 0)
2916 {
2917 cmpltr = 1;
2918 }
2919 else if (strcmp (name, "*<") == 0)
2920 {
2921 cmpltr = 2;
2922 }
2923 else if (strcmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
2924 {
2925 cmpltr = 3;
2926 }
2927 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>=") == 0)
2928 {
2929 cmpltr = 4;
2930 }
2931 else if (strcmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
2932 {
2933 cmpltr = 5;
2934 }
2935 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
2936 {
2937 cmpltr = 6;
2938 }
2939 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>") == 0)
2940 {
2941 cmpltr = 7;
2942 }
2943 else
2944 {
2945 cmpltr = -1;
2946 }
2947 **s = c;
2948 }
2949
2950 return cmpltr;
2951 }
2952
2953 /* Parse a non-negated addition completer returning the number
2954 (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
2955
2956 static int
2957 pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (char **s)
2958 {
2959 int cmpltr;
2960 char *name = *s + 1;
2961 char c;
2962 char *save_s = *s;
2963 int nullify = 0;
2964
2965 cmpltr = 0;
2966 if (**s == ',')
2967 {
2968 *s += 1;
2969 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
2970 *s += 1;
2971 c = **s;
2972 **s = 0x00;
2973 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2974 {
2975 cmpltr = 1;
2976 }
2977 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2978 {
2979 cmpltr = 2;
2980 }
2981 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
2982 {
2983 cmpltr = 3;
2984 }
2985 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
2986 {
2987 cmpltr = 4;
2988 }
2989 else if (strcasecmp (name, "znv") == 0)
2990 {
2991 cmpltr = 5;
2992 }
2993 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
2994 {
2995 cmpltr = 6;
2996 }
2997 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2998 {
2999 cmpltr = 7;
3000 }
3001 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
3002 completer. */
3003 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
3004 {
3005 cmpltr = 0;
3006 nullify = 1;
3007 }
3008 else
3009 {
3010 cmpltr = -1;
3011 }
3012 **s = c;
3013 }
3014
3015 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
3016 if (nullify)
3017 *s = save_s;
3018
3019 return cmpltr;
3020 }
3021
3022 /* Parse a negated addition completer returning the number
3023 (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
3024
3025 static int
3026 pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr (char **s)
3027 {
3028 int cmpltr;
3029 char *name = *s + 1;
3030 char c;
3031 char *save_s = *s;
3032 int nullify = 0;
3033
3034 cmpltr = 0;
3035 if (**s == ',')
3036 {
3037 *s += 1;
3038 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
3039 *s += 1;
3040 c = **s;
3041 **s = 0x00;
3042 if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
3043 {
3044 cmpltr = 0;
3045 }
3046 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
3047 {
3048 cmpltr = 1;
3049 }
3050 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
3051 {
3052 cmpltr = 2;
3053 }
3054 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
3055 {
3056 cmpltr = 3;
3057 }
3058 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
3059 {
3060 cmpltr = 4;
3061 }
3062 else if (strcasecmp (name, "vnz") == 0)
3063 {
3064 cmpltr = 5;
3065 }
3066 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
3067 {
3068 cmpltr = 6;
3069 }
3070 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
3071 {
3072 cmpltr = 7;
3073 }
3074 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
3075 completer. */
3076 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
3077 {
3078 cmpltr = 0;
3079 nullify = 1;
3080 }
3081 else
3082 {
3083 cmpltr = -1;
3084 }
3085 **s = c;
3086 }
3087
3088 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
3089 if (nullify)
3090 *s = save_s;
3091
3092 return cmpltr;
3093 }
3094
3095 /* Parse a 64 bit wide mode add and branch completer returning the number (for
3096 encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
3097
3098 static int
3099 pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr (char **s)
3100 {
3101 int cmpltr;
3102 char *name = *s + 1;
3103 char c;
3104 char *save_s = *s;
3105 int nullify = 0;
3106
3107 cmpltr = 0;
3108 if (**s == ',')
3109 {
3110 *s += 1;
3111 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
3112 *s += 1;
3113 c = **s;
3114 **s = 0x00;
3115 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
3116 {
3117 cmpltr = 1;
3118 }
3119 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
3120 {
3121 cmpltr = 2;
3122 }
3123 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
3124 {
3125 cmpltr = 3;
3126 }
3127 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
3128 {
3129 cmpltr = 4;
3130 }
3131 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*=") == 0)
3132 {
3133 cmpltr = 5;
3134 }
3135 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<") == 0)
3136 {
3137 cmpltr = 6;
3138 }
3139 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
3140 {
3141 cmpltr = 7;
3142 }
3143 else if (strcmp (name, "tr") == 0)
3144 {
3145 cmpltr = 8;
3146 }
3147 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
3148 {
3149 cmpltr = 9;
3150 }
3151 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
3152 {
3153 cmpltr = 10;
3154 }
3155 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
3156 {
3157 cmpltr = 11;
3158 }
3159 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
3160 {
3161 cmpltr = 12;
3162 }
3163 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
3164 {
3165 cmpltr = 13;
3166 }
3167 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
3168 {
3169 cmpltr = 14;
3170 }
3171 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>") == 0)
3172 {
3173 cmpltr = 15;
3174 }
3175 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
3176 completer. */
3177 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
3178 {
3179 cmpltr = 0;
3180 nullify = 1;
3181 }
3182 else
3183 {
3184 cmpltr = -1;
3185 }
3186 **s = c;
3187 }
3188
3189 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
3190 if (nullify)
3191 *s = save_s;
3192
3193 return cmpltr;
3194 }
3195
3196 /* Do the real work for assembling a single instruction. Store results
3197 into the global "the_insn" variable. */
3198
3199 static void
3200 pa_ip (char *str)
3201 {
3202 char *error_message = "";
3203 char *s, c, *argstart, *name, *save_s;
3204 const char *args;
3205 int match = FALSE;
3206 int comma = 0;
3207 int cmpltr, nullif, flag, cond, need_cond, num;
3208 int immediate_check = 0, pos = -1, len = -1;
3209 unsigned long opcode;
3210 struct pa_opcode *insn;
3211
3212 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
3213 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
3214 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
3215 #endif
3216
3217 /* Convert everything up to the first whitespace character into lower
3218 case. */
3219 for (s = str; *s != ' ' && *s != '\t' && *s != '\n' && *s != '\0'; s++)
3220 *s = TOLOWER (*s);
3221
3222 /* Skip to something interesting. */
3223 for (s = str;
3224 ISUPPER (*s) || ISLOWER (*s) || (*s >= '0' && *s <= '3');
3225 ++s)
3226 ;
3227
3228 switch (*s)
3229 {
3230
3231 case '\0':
3232 break;
3233
3234 case ',':
3235 comma = 1;
3236
3237 /*FALLTHROUGH */
3238
3239 case ' ':
3240 *s++ = '\0';
3241 break;
3242
3243 default:
3244 as_bad (_("Unknown opcode: `%s'"), str);
3245 return;
3246 }
3247
3248 /* Look up the opcode in the hash table. */
3249 if ((insn = (struct pa_opcode *) hash_find (op_hash, str)) == NULL)
3250 {
3251 as_bad (_("Unknown opcode: `%s'"), str);
3252 return;
3253 }
3254
3255 if (comma)
3256 *--s = ',';
3257
3258 /* Mark the location where arguments for the instruction start, then
3259 start processing them. */
3260 argstart = s;
3261 for (;;)
3262 {
3263 /* Do some initialization. */
3264 opcode = insn->match;
3265 strict = (insn->flags & FLAG_STRICT);
3266 memset (&the_insn, 0, sizeof (the_insn));
3267 need_cond = 1;
3268
3269 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_NONE;
3270
3271 if (insn->arch >= pa20
3272 && bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < insn->arch)
3273 goto failed;
3274
3275 /* Build the opcode, checking as we go to make
3276 sure that the operands match. */
3277 for (args = insn->args;; ++args)
3278 {
3279 /* Absorb white space in instruction. */
3280 while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t')
3281 s++;
3282
3283 switch (*args)
3284 {
3285 /* End of arguments. */
3286 case '\0':
3287 if (*s == '\0')
3288 match = TRUE;
3289 break;
3290
3291 case '+':
3292 if (*s == '+')
3293 {
3294 ++s;
3295 continue;
3296 }
3297 if (*s == '-')
3298 continue;
3299 break;
3300
3301 /* These must match exactly. */
3302 case '(':
3303 case ')':
3304 case ',':
3305 case ' ':
3306 if (*s++ == *args)
3307 continue;
3308 break;
3309
3310 /* Handle a 5 bit register or control register field at 10. */
3311 case 'b':
3312 case '^':
3313 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
3314 break;
3315 num = pa_number;
3316 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3317 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
3318
3319 /* Handle %sar or %cr11. No bits get set, we just verify that it
3320 is there. */
3321 case '!':
3322 /* Skip whitespace before register. */
3323 while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t')
3324 s = s + 1;
3325
3326 if (!strncasecmp (s, "%sar", 4))
3327 {
3328 s += 4;
3329 continue;
3330 }
3331 else if (!strncasecmp (s, "%cr11", 5))
3332 {
3333 s += 5;
3334 continue;
3335 }
3336 break;
3337
3338 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 15. */
3339 case 'x':
3340 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
3341 break;
3342 num = pa_number;
3343 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3344 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
3345
3346 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 31. */
3347 case 't':
3348 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
3349 break;
3350 num = pa_number;
3351 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3352 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3353
3354 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 10 and 15. */
3355 case 'a':
3356 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
3357 break;
3358 num = pa_number;
3359 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3360 opcode |= num << 16;
3361 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
3362
3363 /* Handle a 5 bit field length at 31. */
3364 case 'T':
3365 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3366 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3367 break;
3368 s = expr_end;
3369 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32, 1, 0);
3370 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
3371 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, 32 - num, 0);
3372
3373 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 15. */
3374 case '5':
3375 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3376 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3377 break;
3378 s = expr_end;
3379 /* When in strict mode, we want to just reject this
3380 match instead of giving an out of range error. */
3381 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, -16, strict);
3382 num = low_sign_unext (num, 5);
3383 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
3384
3385 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 31. */
3386 case 'V':
3387 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3388 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3389 break;
3390 s = expr_end;
3391 /* When in strict mode, we want to just reject this
3392 match instead of giving an out of range error. */
3393 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, -16, strict);
3394 num = low_sign_unext (num, 5);
3395 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3396
3397 /* Handle an unsigned 5 bit immediate at 31. */
3398 case 'r':
3399 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3400 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3401 break;
3402 s = expr_end;
3403 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
3404 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3405
3406 /* Handle an unsigned 5 bit immediate at 15. */
3407 case 'R':
3408 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3409 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3410 break;
3411 s = expr_end;
3412 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
3413 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
3414
3415 /* Handle an unsigned 10 bit immediate at 15. */
3416 case 'U':
3417 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3418 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3419 break;
3420 s = expr_end;
3421 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, 0, strict);
3422 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
3423
3424 /* Handle a 2 bit space identifier at 17. */
3425 case 's':
3426 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
3427 break;
3428 num = pa_number;
3429 CHECK_FIELD (num, 3, 0, 1);
3430 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 14);
3431
3432 /* Handle a 3 bit space identifier at 18. */
3433 case 'S':
3434 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
3435 break;
3436 num = pa_number;
3437 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, 1);
3438 opcode |= re_assemble_3 (num);
3439 continue;
3440
3441 /* Handle all completers. */
3442 case 'c':
3443 switch (*++args)
3444 {
3445
3446 /* Handle a completer for an indexing load or store. */
3447 case 'X':
3448 case 'x':
3449 {
3450 int uu = 0;
3451 int m = 0;
3452 int i = 0;
3453 while (*s == ',' && i < 2)
3454 {
3455 s++;
3456 if (strncasecmp (s, "sm", 2) == 0)
3457 {
3458 uu = 1;
3459 m = 1;
3460 s++;
3461 i++;
3462 }
3463 else if (strncasecmp (s, "m", 1) == 0)
3464 m = 1;
3465 else if ((strncasecmp (s, "s ", 2) == 0)
3466 || (strncasecmp (s, "s,", 2) == 0))
3467 uu = 1;
3468 else if (strict)
3469 {
3470 /* This is a match failure. */
3471 s--;
3472 break;
3473 }
3474 else
3475 as_bad (_("Invalid Indexed Load Completer."));
3476 s++;
3477 i++;
3478 }
3479 if (i > 2)
3480 as_bad (_("Invalid Indexed Load Completer Syntax."));
3481 opcode |= m << 5;
3482 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, uu, 13);
3483 }
3484
3485 /* Handle a short load/store completer. */
3486 case 'M':
3487 case 'm':
3488 case 'q':
3489 case 'J':
3490 case 'e':
3491 {
3492 int a = 0;
3493 int m = 0;
3494 if (*s == ',')
3495 {
3496 s++;
3497 if (strncasecmp (s, "ma", 2) == 0)
3498 {
3499 a = 0;
3500 m = 1;
3501 s += 2;
3502 }
3503 else if (strncasecmp (s, "mb", 2) == 0)
3504 {
3505 a = 1;
3506 m = 1;
3507 s += 2;
3508 }
3509 else if (strict)
3510 /* This is a match failure. */
3511 s--;
3512 else
3513 {
3514 as_bad (_("Invalid Short Load/Store Completer."));
3515 s += 2;
3516 }
3517 }
3518 /* If we did not get a ma/mb completer, then we do not
3519 consider this a positive match for 'ce'. */
3520 else if (*args == 'e')
3521 break;
3522
3523 /* 'J', 'm', 'M' and 'q' are the same, except for where they
3524 encode the before/after field. */
3525 if (*args == 'm' || *args == 'M')
3526 {
3527 opcode |= m << 5;
3528 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 13);
3529 }
3530 else if (*args == 'q')
3531 {
3532 opcode |= m << 3;
3533 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 2);
3534 }
3535 else if (*args == 'J')
3536 {
3537 /* M bit is explicit in the major opcode. */
3538 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 2);
3539 }
3540 else if (*args == 'e')
3541 {
3542 /* Stash the ma/mb flag temporarily in the
3543 instruction. We will use (and remove it)
3544 later when handling 'J', 'K', '<' & '>'. */
3545 opcode |= a;
3546 continue;
3547 }
3548 }
3549
3550 /* Handle a stbys completer. */
3551 case 'A':
3552 case 's':
3553 {
3554 int a = 0;
3555 int m = 0;
3556 int i = 0;
3557 while (*s == ',' && i < 2)
3558 {
3559 s++;
3560 if (strncasecmp (s, "m", 1) == 0)
3561 m = 1;
3562 else if ((strncasecmp (s, "b ", 2) == 0)
3563 || (strncasecmp (s, "b,", 2) == 0))
3564 a = 0;
3565 else if (strncasecmp (s, "e", 1) == 0)
3566 a = 1;
3567 /* In strict mode, this is a match failure. */
3568 else if (strict)
3569 {
3570 s--;
3571 break;
3572 }
3573 else
3574 as_bad (_("Invalid Store Bytes Short Completer"));
3575 s++;
3576 i++;
3577 }
3578 if (i > 2)
3579 as_bad (_("Invalid Store Bytes Short Completer"));
3580 opcode |= m << 5;
3581 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 13);
3582 }
3583
3584 /* Handle load cache hint completer. */
3585 case 'c':
3586 cmpltr = 0;
3587 if (!strncmp (s, ",sl", 3))
3588 {
3589 s += 3;
3590 cmpltr = 2;
3591 }
3592 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
3593
3594 /* Handle store cache hint completer. */
3595 case 'C':
3596 cmpltr = 0;
3597 if (!strncmp (s, ",sl", 3))
3598 {
3599 s += 3;
3600 cmpltr = 2;
3601 }
3602 else if (!strncmp (s, ",bc", 3))
3603 {
3604 s += 3;
3605 cmpltr = 1;
3606 }
3607 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
3608
3609 /* Handle load and clear cache hint completer. */
3610 case 'd':
3611 cmpltr = 0;
3612 if (!strncmp (s, ",co", 3))
3613 {
3614 s += 3;
3615 cmpltr = 1;
3616 }
3617 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
3618
3619 /* Handle load ordering completer. */
3620 case 'o':
3621 if (strncmp (s, ",o", 2) != 0)
3622 break;
3623 s += 2;
3624 continue;
3625
3626 /* Handle a branch gate completer. */
3627 case 'g':
3628 if (strncasecmp (s, ",gate", 5) != 0)
3629 break;
3630 s += 5;
3631 continue;
3632
3633 /* Handle a branch link and push completer. */
3634 case 'p':
3635 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l,push", 7) != 0)
3636 break;
3637 s += 7;
3638 continue;
3639
3640 /* Handle a branch link completer. */
3641 case 'l':
3642 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2) != 0)
3643 break;
3644 s += 2;
3645 continue;
3646
3647 /* Handle a branch pop completer. */
3648 case 'P':
3649 if (strncasecmp (s, ",pop", 4) != 0)
3650 break;
3651 s += 4;
3652 continue;
3653
3654 /* Handle a local processor completer. */
3655 case 'L':
3656 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2) != 0)
3657 break;
3658 s += 2;
3659 continue;
3660
3661 /* Handle a PROBE read/write completer. */
3662 case 'w':
3663 flag = 0;
3664 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",w", 2))
3665 {
3666 flag = 1;
3667 s += 2;
3668 }
3669 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",r", 2))
3670 {
3671 flag = 0;
3672 s += 2;
3673 }
3674
3675 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
3676
3677 /* Handle MFCTL wide completer. */
3678 case 'W':
3679 if (strncasecmp (s, ",w", 2) != 0)
3680 break;
3681 s += 2;
3682 continue;
3683
3684 /* Handle an RFI restore completer. */
3685 case 'r':
3686 flag = 0;
3687 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",r", 2))
3688 {
3689 flag = 5;
3690 s += 2;
3691 }
3692
3693 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 5);
3694
3695 /* Handle a system control completer. */
3696 case 'Z':
3697 if (*s == ',' && (*(s + 1) == 'm' || *(s + 1) == 'M'))
3698 {
3699 flag = 1;
3700 s += 2;
3701 }
3702 else
3703 flag = 0;
3704
3705 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 5);
3706
3707 /* Handle intermediate/final completer for DCOR. */
3708 case 'i':
3709 flag = 0;
3710 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",i", 2))
3711 {
3712 flag = 1;
3713 s += 2;
3714 }
3715
3716 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
3717
3718 /* Handle zero/sign extension completer. */
3719 case 'z':
3720 flag = 1;
3721 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",z", 2))
3722 {
3723 flag = 0;
3724 s += 2;
3725 }
3726
3727 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 10);
3728
3729 /* Handle add completer. */
3730 case 'a':
3731 flag = 1;
3732 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2))
3733 {
3734 flag = 2;
3735 s += 2;
3736 }
3737 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv", 4))
3738 {
3739 flag = 3;
3740 s += 4;
3741 }
3742
3743 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 10);
3744
3745 /* Handle 64 bit carry for ADD. */
3746 case 'Y':
3747 flag = 0;
3748 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",dc,tsv", 7) ||
3749 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,dc", 7))
3750 {
3751 flag = 1;
3752 s += 7;
3753 }
3754 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",dc", 3))
3755 {
3756 flag = 0;
3757 s += 3;
3758 }
3759 else
3760 break;
3761
3762 /* Condition is not required with "dc". */
3763 need_cond = 0;
3764 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3765
3766 /* Handle 32 bit carry for ADD. */
3767 case 'y':
3768 flag = 0;
3769 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",c,tsv", 6) ||
3770 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,c", 6))
3771 {
3772 flag = 1;
3773 s += 6;
3774 }
3775 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",c", 2))
3776 {
3777 flag = 0;
3778 s += 2;
3779 }
3780 else
3781 break;
3782
3783 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3784
3785 /* Handle trap on signed overflow. */
3786 case 'v':
3787 flag = 0;
3788 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv", 4))
3789 {
3790 flag = 1;
3791 s += 4;
3792 }
3793
3794 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3795
3796 /* Handle trap on condition and overflow. */
3797 case 't':
3798 flag = 0;
3799 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc,tsv", 7) ||
3800 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,tc", 7))
3801 {
3802 flag = 1;
3803 s += 7;
3804 }
3805 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc", 3))
3806 {
3807 flag = 0;
3808 s += 3;
3809 }
3810 else
3811 break;
3812
3813 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3814
3815 /* Handle 64 bit borrow for SUB. */
3816 case 'B':
3817 flag = 0;
3818 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",db,tsv", 7) ||
3819 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,db", 7))
3820 {
3821 flag = 1;
3822 s += 7;
3823 }
3824 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",db", 3))
3825 {
3826 flag = 0;
3827 s += 3;
3828 }
3829 else
3830 break;
3831
3832 /* Condition is not required with "db". */
3833 need_cond = 0;
3834 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3835
3836 /* Handle 32 bit borrow for SUB. */
3837 case 'b':
3838 flag = 0;
3839 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",b,tsv", 6) ||
3840 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,b", 6))
3841 {
3842 flag = 1;
3843 s += 6;
3844 }
3845 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",b", 2))
3846 {
3847 flag = 0;
3848 s += 2;
3849 }
3850 else
3851 break;
3852
3853 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3854
3855 /* Handle trap condition completer for UADDCM. */
3856 case 'T':
3857 flag = 0;
3858 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc", 3))
3859 {
3860 flag = 1;
3861 s += 3;
3862 }
3863
3864 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
3865
3866 /* Handle signed/unsigned at 21. */
3867 case 'S':
3868 {
3869 int sign = 1;
3870 if (strncasecmp (s, ",s", 2) == 0)
3871 {
3872 sign = 1;
3873 s += 2;
3874 }
3875 else if (strncasecmp (s, ",u", 2) == 0)
3876 {
3877 sign = 0;
3878 s += 2;
3879 }
3880
3881 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, sign, 10);
3882 }
3883
3884 /* Handle left/right combination at 17:18. */
3885 case 'h':
3886 if (*s++ == ',')
3887 {
3888 int lr = 0;
3889 if (*s == 'r')
3890 lr = 2;
3891 else if (*s == 'l')
3892 lr = 0;
3893 else
3894 as_bad (_("Invalid left/right combination completer"));
3895
3896 s++;
3897 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, lr, 13);
3898 }
3899 else
3900 as_bad (_("Invalid left/right combination completer"));
3901 break;
3902
3903 /* Handle saturation at 24:25. */
3904 case 'H':
3905 {
3906 int sat = 3;
3907 if (strncasecmp (s, ",ss", 3) == 0)
3908 {
3909 sat = 1;
3910 s += 3;
3911 }
3912 else if (strncasecmp (s, ",us", 3) == 0)
3913 {
3914 sat = 0;
3915 s += 3;
3916 }
3917
3918 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, sat, 6);
3919 }
3920
3921 /* Handle permutation completer. */
3922 case '*':
3923 if (*s++ == ',')
3924 {
3925 int permloc[4];
3926 int perm = 0;
3927 int i = 0;
3928 permloc[0] = 13;
3929 permloc[1] = 10;
3930 permloc[2] = 8;
3931 permloc[3] = 6;
3932 for (; i < 4; i++)
3933 {
3934 switch (*s++)
3935 {
3936 case '0':
3937 perm = 0;
3938 break;
3939 case '1':
3940 perm = 1;
3941 break;
3942 case '2':
3943 perm = 2;
3944 break;
3945 case '3':
3946 perm = 3;
3947 break;
3948 default:
3949 as_bad (_("Invalid permutation completer"));
3950 }
3951 opcode |= perm << permloc[i];
3952 }
3953 continue;
3954 }
3955 else
3956 as_bad (_("Invalid permutation completer"));
3957 break;
3958
3959 default:
3960 abort ();
3961 }
3962 break;
3963
3964 /* Handle all conditions. */
3965 case '?':
3966 {
3967 args++;
3968 switch (*args)
3969 {
3970 /* Handle FP compare conditions. */
3971 case 'f':
3972 cond = pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond (&s);
3973 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cond, 0);
3974
3975 /* Handle an add condition. */
3976 case 'A':
3977 case 'a':
3978 cmpltr = 0;
3979 flag = 0;
3980 if (*s == ',')
3981 {
3982 s++;
3983
3984 /* 64 bit conditions. */
3985 if (*args == 'A')
3986 {
3987 if (*s == '*')
3988 s++;
3989 else
3990 break;
3991 }
3992 else if (*s == '*')
3993 break;
3994
3995 name = s;
3996 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
3997 s += 1;
3998 c = *s;
3999 *s = 0x00;
4000 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
4001 cmpltr = 1;
4002 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
4003 cmpltr = 2;
4004 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
4005 cmpltr = 3;
4006 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
4007 cmpltr = 4;
4008 else if (strcasecmp (name, "znv") == 0)
4009 cmpltr = 5;
4010 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
4011 cmpltr = 6;
4012 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
4013 cmpltr = 7;
4014 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
4015 {
4016 cmpltr = 0;
4017 flag = 1;
4018 }
4019 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
4020 {
4021 cmpltr = 1;
4022 flag = 1;
4023 }
4024 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
4025 {
4026 cmpltr = 2;
4027 flag = 1;
4028 }
4029 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
4030 {
4031 cmpltr = 3;
4032 flag = 1;
4033 }
4034 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
4035 {
4036 cmpltr = 4;
4037 flag = 1;
4038 }
4039 else if (strcasecmp (name, "vnz") == 0)
4040 {
4041 cmpltr = 5;
4042 flag = 1;
4043 }
4044 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
4045 {
4046 cmpltr = 6;
4047 flag = 1;
4048 }
4049 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
4050 {
4051 cmpltr = 7;
4052 flag = 1;
4053 }
4054 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
4055 else if (*args == 'a' || *name)
4056 as_bad (_("Invalid Add Condition: %s"), name);
4057 *s = c;
4058 }
4059 /* Except with "dc", we have a match failure with
4060 'A' if we don't have a doubleword condition. */
4061 else if (*args == 'A' && need_cond)
4062 break;
4063
4064 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
4065 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
4066
4067 /* Handle non-negated add and branch condition. */
4068 case 'd':
4069 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (&s);
4070 if (cmpltr < 0)
4071 {
4072 as_bad (_("Invalid Add and Branch Condition"));
4073 cmpltr = 0;
4074 }
4075 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
4076
4077 /* Handle 64 bit wide-mode add and branch condition. */
4078 case 'W':
4079 cmpltr = pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr (&s);
4080 if (cmpltr < 0)
4081 {
4082 as_bad (_("Invalid Add and Branch Condition"));
4083 cmpltr = 0;
4084 }
4085 else
4086 {
4087 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
4088 opcode |= (cmpltr & 8) << 24;
4089 }
4090 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr & 7, 13);
4091
4092 /* Handle a negated or non-negated add and branch
4093 condition. */
4094 case '@':
4095 save_s = s;
4096 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (&s);
4097 if (cmpltr < 0)
4098 {
4099 s = save_s;
4100 cmpltr = pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr (&s);
4101 if (cmpltr < 0)
4102 {
4103 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition"));
4104 cmpltr = 0;
4105 }
4106 else
4107 {
4108 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
4109 opcode |= 1 << 27;
4110 }
4111 }
4112 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
4113
4114 /* Handle branch on bit conditions. */
4115 case 'B':
4116 case 'b':
4117 cmpltr = 0;
4118 if (*s == ',')
4119 {
4120 s++;
4121
4122 if (*args == 'B')
4123 {
4124 if (*s == '*')
4125 s++;
4126 else
4127 break;
4128 }
4129 else if (*s == '*')
4130 break;
4131
4132 if (strncmp (s, "<", 1) == 0)
4133 {
4134 cmpltr = 0;
4135 s++;
4136 }
4137 else if (strncmp (s, ">=", 2) == 0)
4138 {
4139 cmpltr = 1;
4140 s += 2;
4141 }
4142 else
4143 as_bad (_("Invalid Branch On Bit Condition: %c"), *s);
4144 }
4145 else
4146 as_bad (_("Missing Branch On Bit Condition"));
4147
4148 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 15);
4149
4150 /* Handle a compare/subtract condition. */
4151 case 'S':
4152 case 's':
4153 cmpltr = 0;
4154 flag = 0;
4155 if (*s == ',')
4156 {
4157 s++;
4158
4159 /* 64 bit conditions. */
4160 if (*args == 'S')
4161 {
4162 if (*s == '*')
4163 s++;
4164 else
4165 break;
4166 }
4167 else if (*s == '*')
4168 break;
4169
4170 name = s;
4171 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
4172 s += 1;
4173 c = *s;
4174 *s = 0x00;
4175 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
4176 cmpltr = 1;
4177 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
4178 cmpltr = 2;
4179 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
4180 cmpltr = 3;
4181 else if (strcasecmp (name, "<<") == 0)
4182 cmpltr = 4;
4183 else if (strcasecmp (name, "<<=") == 0)
4184 cmpltr = 5;
4185 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
4186 cmpltr = 6;
4187 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
4188 cmpltr = 7;
4189 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
4190 {
4191 cmpltr = 0;
4192 flag = 1;
4193 }
4194 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
4195 {
4196 cmpltr = 1;
4197 flag = 1;
4198 }
4199 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
4200 {
4201 cmpltr = 2;
4202 flag = 1;
4203 }
4204 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
4205 {
4206 cmpltr = 3;
4207 flag = 1;
4208 }
4209 else if (strcasecmp (name, ">>=") == 0)
4210 {
4211 cmpltr = 4;
4212 flag = 1;
4213 }
4214 else if (strcasecmp (name, ">>") == 0)
4215 {
4216 cmpltr = 5;
4217 flag = 1;
4218 }
4219 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
4220 {
4221 cmpltr = 6;
4222 flag = 1;
4223 }
4224 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
4225 {
4226 cmpltr = 7;
4227 flag = 1;
4228 }
4229 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
4230 else if (*args != 'S' || *name)
4231 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition: %s"),
4232 name);
4233 *s = c;
4234 }
4235 /* Except with "db", we have a match failure with
4236 'S' if we don't have a doubleword condition. */
4237 else if (*args == 'S' && need_cond)
4238 break;
4239
4240 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
4241 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
4242
4243 /* Handle a non-negated compare condition. */
4244 case 't':
4245 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s);
4246 if (cmpltr < 0)
4247 {
4248 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition"));
4249 cmpltr = 0;
4250 }
4251 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
4252
4253 /* Handle a 32 bit compare and branch condition. */
4254 case 'n':
4255 save_s = s;
4256 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s);
4257 if (cmpltr < 0)
4258 {
4259 s = save_s;
4260 cmpltr = pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s);
4261 if (cmpltr < 0)
4262 {
4263 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare and Branch Condition"));
4264 cmpltr = 0;
4265 }
4266 else
4267 {
4268 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
4269 opcode |= 1 << 27;
4270 }
4271 }
4272
4273 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
4274
4275 /* Handle a 64 bit compare and branch condition. */
4276 case 'N':
4277 cmpltr = pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr (&s);
4278 if (cmpltr >= 0)
4279 {
4280 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
4281 opcode |= (cmpltr & 8) << 26;
4282 }
4283 else
4284 /* Not a 64 bit cond. Give 32 bit a chance. */
4285 break;
4286
4287 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr & 7, 13);
4288
4289 /* Handle a 64 bit cmpib condition. */
4290 case 'Q':
4291 cmpltr = pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr (&s);
4292 if (cmpltr < 0)
4293 /* Not a 64 bit cond. Give 32 bit a chance. */
4294 break;
4295
4296 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
4297
4298 /* Handle a logical instruction condition. */
4299 case 'L':
4300 case 'l':
4301 cmpltr = 0;
4302 flag = 0;
4303 if (*s == ',')
4304 {
4305 s++;
4306
4307 /* 64 bit conditions. */
4308 if (*args == 'L')
4309 {
4310 if (*s == '*')
4311 s++;
4312 else
4313 break;
4314 }
4315 else if (*s == '*')
4316 break;
4317
4318 name = s;
4319 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
4320 s += 1;
4321 c = *s;
4322 *s = 0x00;
4323
4324 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
4325 cmpltr = 1;
4326 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
4327 cmpltr = 2;
4328 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
4329 cmpltr = 3;
4330 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
4331 cmpltr = 7;
4332 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
4333 {
4334 cmpltr = 0;
4335 flag = 1;
4336 }
4337 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
4338 {
4339 cmpltr = 1;
4340 flag = 1;
4341 }
4342 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
4343 {
4344 cmpltr = 2;
4345 flag = 1;
4346 }
4347 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
4348 {
4349 cmpltr = 3;
4350 flag = 1;
4351 }
4352 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
4353 {
4354 cmpltr = 7;
4355 flag = 1;
4356 }
4357 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
4358 else if (*args != 'L' || *name)
4359 as_bad (_("Invalid Logical Instruction Condition."));
4360 *s = c;
4361 }
4362 /* 32-bit is default for no condition. */
4363 else if (*args == 'L')
4364 break;
4365
4366 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
4367 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
4368
4369 /* Handle a shift/extract/deposit condition. */
4370 case 'X':
4371 case 'x':
4372 case 'y':
4373 cmpltr = 0;
4374 /* Check immediate values in shift/extract/deposit
4375 * instructions if they will give undefined behaviour. */
4376 immediate_check = 1;
4377 if (*s == ',')
4378 {
4379 save_s = s++;
4380
4381 /* 64 bit conditions. */
4382 if (*args == 'X')
4383 {
4384 if (*s == '*')
4385 s++;
4386 else
4387 break;
4388 }
4389 else if (*s == '*')
4390 break;
4391
4392 name = s;
4393 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
4394 s += 1;
4395 c = *s;
4396 *s = 0x00;
4397 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
4398 cmpltr = 1;
4399 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
4400 cmpltr = 2;
4401 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
4402 cmpltr = 3;
4403 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
4404 cmpltr = 4;
4405 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
4406 cmpltr = 5;
4407 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
4408 cmpltr = 6;
4409 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
4410 cmpltr = 7;
4411 /* Handle movb,n. Put things back the way they were.
4412 This includes moving s back to where it started. */
4413 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0 && *args == 'y')
4414 {
4415 *s = c;
4416 s = save_s;
4417 continue;
4418 }
4419 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
4420 else if (*args != 'X' || *name)
4421 as_bad (_("Invalid Shift/Extract/Deposit Condition."));
4422 *s = c;
4423 }
4424
4425 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
4426
4427 /* Handle a unit instruction condition. */
4428 case 'U':
4429 case 'u':
4430 cmpltr = 0;
4431 flag = 0;
4432 if (*s == ',')
4433 {
4434 int uxor;
4435 s++;
4436
4437 /* 64 bit conditions. */
4438 if (*args == 'U')
4439 {
4440 if (*s == '*')
4441 s++;
4442 else
4443 break;
4444 }
4445 else if (*s == '*')
4446 break;
4447
4448 /* The uxor instruction only supports unit conditions
4449 not involving carries. */
4450 uxor = (opcode & 0xfc000fc0) == 0x08000380;
4451 if (strncasecmp (s, "sbz", 3) == 0)
4452 {
4453 cmpltr = 2;
4454 s += 3;
4455 }
4456 else if (strncasecmp (s, "shz", 3) == 0)
4457 {
4458 cmpltr = 3;
4459 s += 3;
4460 }
4461 else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "sdc", 3) == 0)
4462 {
4463 cmpltr = 4;
4464 s += 3;
4465 }
4466 else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "sbc", 3) == 0)
4467 {
4468 cmpltr = 6;
4469 s += 3;
4470 }
4471 else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "shc", 3) == 0)
4472 {
4473 cmpltr = 7;
4474 s += 3;
4475 }
4476 else if (strncasecmp (s, "tr", 2) == 0)
4477 {
4478 cmpltr = 0;
4479 flag = 1;
4480 s += 2;
4481 }
4482 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nbz", 3) == 0)
4483 {
4484 cmpltr = 2;
4485 flag = 1;
4486 s += 3;
4487 }
4488 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nhz", 3) == 0)
4489 {
4490 cmpltr = 3;
4491 flag = 1;
4492 s += 3;
4493 }
4494 else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "ndc", 3) == 0)
4495 {
4496 cmpltr = 4;
4497 flag = 1;
4498 s += 3;
4499 }
4500 else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "nbc", 3) == 0)
4501 {
4502 cmpltr = 6;
4503 flag = 1;
4504 s += 3;
4505 }
4506 else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "nhc", 3) == 0)
4507 {
4508 cmpltr = 7;
4509 flag = 1;
4510 s += 3;
4511 }
4512 else if (strncasecmp (s, "swz", 3) == 0)
4513 {
4514 cmpltr = 1;
4515 flag = 0;
4516 s += 3;
4517 }
4518 else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "swc", 3) == 0)
4519 {
4520 cmpltr = 5;
4521 flag = 0;
4522 s += 3;
4523 }
4524 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nwz", 3) == 0)
4525 {
4526 cmpltr = 1;
4527 flag = 1;
4528 s += 3;
4529 }
4530 else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "nwc", 3) == 0)
4531 {
4532 cmpltr = 5;
4533 flag = 1;
4534 s += 3;
4535 }
4536 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
4537 else if (*args != 'U' || (*s != ' ' && *s != '\t'))
4538 as_bad (_("Invalid Unit Instruction Condition."));
4539 }
4540 /* 32-bit is default for no condition. */
4541 else if (*args == 'U')
4542 break;
4543
4544 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
4545 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
4546
4547 default:
4548 abort ();
4549 }
4550 break;
4551 }
4552
4553 /* Handle a nullification completer for branch instructions. */
4554 case 'n':
4555 nullif = pa_parse_nullif (&s);
4556 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, nullif, 1);
4557
4558 /* Handle a nullification completer for copr and spop insns. */
4559 case 'N':
4560 nullif = pa_parse_nullif (&s);
4561 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, nullif, 5);
4562
4563 /* Handle ,%r2 completer for new syntax branches. */
4564 case 'L':
4565 if (*s == ',' && strncasecmp (s + 1, "%r2", 3) == 0)
4566 s += 4;
4567 else if (*s == ',' && strncasecmp (s + 1, "%rp", 3) == 0)
4568 s += 4;
4569 else
4570 break;
4571 continue;
4572
4573 /* Handle 3 bit entry into the fp compare array. Valid values
4574 are 0..6 inclusive. */
4575 case 'h':
4576 get_expression (s);
4577 s = expr_end;
4578 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4579 {
4580 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4581 CHECK_FIELD (num, 6, 0, 0);
4582 num++;
4583 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
4584 }
4585 else
4586 break;
4587
4588 /* Handle 3 bit entry into the fp compare array. Valid values
4589 are 0..6 inclusive. */
4590 case 'm':
4591 get_expression (s);
4592 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4593 {
4594 s = expr_end;
4595 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4596 CHECK_FIELD (num, 6, 0, 0);
4597 num = (num + 1) ^ 1;
4598 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
4599 }
4600 else
4601 break;
4602
4603 /* Handle graphics test completers for ftest */
4604 case '=':
4605 {
4606 num = pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer (&s);
4607 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
4608 }
4609
4610 /* Handle a 11 bit immediate at 31. */
4611 case 'i':
4612 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4613 get_expression (s);
4614 s = expr_end;
4615 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4616 {
4617 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4618 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, -1024, 0);
4619 num = low_sign_unext (num, 11);
4620 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
4621 }
4622 else
4623 {
4624 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4625 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4626 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4627 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4628 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4629 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4630 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4631 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4632 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4633 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4634 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4635 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4636 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4637 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4638 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4639 #endif
4640 else
4641 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4642 the_insn.format = 11;
4643 continue;
4644 }
4645
4646 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
4647 case 'J':
4648 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4649 get_expression (s);
4650 s = expr_end;
4651 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4652 {
4653 int mb;
4654
4655 /* XXX the completer stored away tidbits of information
4656 for us to extract. We need a cleaner way to do this.
4657 Now that we have lots of letters again, it would be
4658 good to rethink this. */
4659 mb = opcode & 1;
4660 opcode -= mb;
4661 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4662 if (mb != (num < 0))
4663 break;
4664 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
4665 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
4666 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
4667 }
4668 break;
4669
4670 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
4671 case 'K':
4672 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4673 get_expression (s);
4674 s = expr_end;
4675 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4676 {
4677 int mb;
4678
4679 mb = opcode & 1;
4680 opcode -= mb;
4681 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4682 if (mb == (num < 0))
4683 break;
4684 if (num % 4)
4685 break;
4686 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
4687 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
4688 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
4689 }
4690 break;
4691
4692 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31. */
4693 case '<':
4694 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4695 get_expression (s);
4696 s = expr_end;
4697 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4698 {
4699 int mb;
4700
4701 mb = opcode & 1;
4702 opcode -= mb;
4703 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4704 if (mb != (num < 0))
4705 break;
4706 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
4707 num = re_assemble_16 (num);
4708 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
4709 }
4710 break;
4711
4712 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31. */
4713 case '>':
4714 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4715 get_expression (s);
4716 s = expr_end;
4717 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4718 {
4719 int mb;
4720
4721 mb = opcode & 1;
4722 opcode -= mb;
4723 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4724 if (mb == (num < 0))
4725 break;
4726 if (num % 4)
4727 break;
4728 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
4729 num = re_assemble_16 (num);
4730 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
4731 }
4732 break;
4733
4734 /* Handle 14 bit immediate, shifted left three times. */
4735 case '#':
4736 if (bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) != pa20)
4737 break;
4738 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4739 get_expression (s);
4740 s = expr_end;
4741 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4742 {
4743 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4744 if (num & 0x7)
4745 break;
4746 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
4747 if (num < 0)
4748 opcode |= 1;
4749 num &= 0x1fff;
4750 num >>= 3;
4751 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 4);
4752 }
4753 else
4754 {
4755 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4756 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4757 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4758 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4759 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4760 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4761 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4762 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4763 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4764 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4765 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4766 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4767 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4768 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4769 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4770 #endif
4771 else
4772 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4773 the_insn.format = 14;
4774 continue;
4775 }
4776 break;
4777
4778 /* Handle 14 bit immediate, shifted left twice. */
4779 case 'd':
4780 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4781 get_expression (s);
4782 s = expr_end;
4783 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4784 {
4785 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4786 if (num & 0x3)
4787 break;
4788 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
4789 if (num < 0)
4790 opcode |= 1;
4791 num &= 0x1fff;
4792 num >>= 2;
4793 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 3);
4794 }
4795 else
4796 {
4797 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4798 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4799 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4800 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4801 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4802 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4803 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4804 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4805 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4806 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4807 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4808 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4809 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4810 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4811 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4812 #endif
4813 else
4814 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4815 the_insn.format = 14;
4816 continue;
4817 }
4818
4819 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
4820 case 'j':
4821 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4822 get_expression (s);
4823 s = expr_end;
4824 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4825 {
4826 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4827 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
4828 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
4829 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
4830 }
4831 else
4832 {
4833 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4834 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4835 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4836 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4837 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4838 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4839 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4840 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4841 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4842 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4843 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4844 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4845 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4846 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4847 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4848 #endif
4849 else
4850 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4851 the_insn.format = 14;
4852 continue;
4853 }
4854
4855 /* Handle a 21 bit immediate at 31. */
4856 case 'k':
4857 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4858 get_expression (s);
4859 s = expr_end;
4860 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4861 {
4862 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4863 CHECK_FIELD (num >> 11, 1048575, -1048576, 0);
4864 opcode |= re_assemble_21 (num);
4865 continue;
4866 }
4867 else
4868 {
4869 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4870 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4871 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4872 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4873 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4874 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4875 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4876 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4877 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4878 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4879 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4880 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4881 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4882 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4883 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4884 #endif
4885 else
4886 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4887 the_insn.format = 21;
4888 continue;
4889 }
4890
4891 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31 (PA 2.0 wide mode only). */
4892 case 'l':
4893 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4894 get_expression (s);
4895 s = expr_end;
4896 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4897 {
4898 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4899 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
4900 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
4901 continue;
4902 }
4903 else
4904 {
4905 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
4906 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4907 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4908 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4909 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4910 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4911 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4912 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4913 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4914 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4915 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4916 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4917 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4918 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4919 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4920 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4921 #endif
4922 else
4923 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4924 the_insn.format = 14;
4925 continue;
4926 }
4927
4928 /* Handle a word-aligned 16-bit imm. at 31 (PA2.0 wide). */
4929 case 'y':
4930 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4931 get_expression (s);
4932 s = expr_end;
4933 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4934 {
4935 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4936 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
4937 CHECK_ALIGN (num, 4, 0);
4938 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
4939 continue;
4940 }
4941 else
4942 {
4943 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
4944 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4945 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4946 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4947 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4948 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4949 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4950 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4951 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4952 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4953 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4954 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4955 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4956 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4957 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4958 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4959 #endif
4960 else
4961 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4962 the_insn.format = 14;
4963 continue;
4964 }
4965
4966 /* Handle a dword-aligned 16-bit imm. at 31 (PA2.0 wide). */
4967 case '&':
4968 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4969 get_expression (s);
4970 s = expr_end;
4971 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4972 {
4973 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4974 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
4975 CHECK_ALIGN (num, 8, 0);
4976 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
4977 continue;
4978 }
4979 else
4980 {
4981 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
4982 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4983 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4984 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4985 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4986 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4987 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4988 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4989 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4990 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4991 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4992 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4993 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4994 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4995 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4996 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4997 #endif
4998 else
4999 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
5000 the_insn.format = 14;
5001 continue;
5002 }
5003
5004 /* Handle a 12 bit branch displacement. */
5005 case 'w':
5006 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
5007 get_expression (s);
5008 s = expr_end;
5009 the_insn.pcrel = 1;
5010 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
5011 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
5012 FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
5013 {
5014 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
5015 if (num % 4)
5016 {
5017 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
5018 break;
5019 }
5020 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
5021 num -= 8;
5022 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
5023 opcode |= re_assemble_12 (num >> 2);
5024 continue;
5025 }
5026 else
5027 {
5028 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
5029 the_insn.format = 12;
5030 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
5031 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
5032 s = expr_end;
5033 continue;
5034 }
5035
5036 /* Handle a 17 bit branch displacement. */
5037 case 'W':
5038 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
5039 get_expression (s);
5040 s = expr_end;
5041 the_insn.pcrel = 1;
5042 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
5043 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
5044 FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
5045 {
5046 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
5047 if (num % 4)
5048 {
5049 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
5050 break;
5051 }
5052 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
5053 num -= 8;
5054 CHECK_FIELD (num, 262143, -262144, 0);
5055 opcode |= re_assemble_17 (num >> 2);
5056 continue;
5057 }
5058 else
5059 {
5060 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
5061 the_insn.format = 17;
5062 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
5063 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
5064 continue;
5065 }
5066
5067 /* Handle a 22 bit branch displacement. */
5068 case 'X':
5069 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
5070 get_expression (s);
5071 s = expr_end;
5072 the_insn.pcrel = 1;
5073 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
5074 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
5075 FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
5076 {
5077 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
5078 if (num % 4)
5079 {
5080 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
5081 break;
5082 }
5083 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
5084 num -= 8;
5085 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8388607, -8388608, 0);
5086 opcode |= re_assemble_22 (num >> 2);
5087 }
5088 else
5089 {
5090 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
5091 the_insn.format = 22;
5092 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
5093 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
5094 continue;
5095 }
5096
5097 /* Handle an absolute 17 bit branch target. */
5098 case 'z':
5099 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
5100 get_expression (s);
5101 s = expr_end;
5102 the_insn.pcrel = 0;
5103 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
5104 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
5105 FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
5106 {
5107 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
5108 if (num % 4)
5109 {
5110 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
5111 break;
5112 }
5113 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
5114 num -= 8;
5115 CHECK_FIELD (num, 262143, -262144, 0);
5116 opcode |= re_assemble_17 (num >> 2);
5117 continue;
5118 }
5119 else
5120 {
5121 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_ABS_CALL;
5122 the_insn.format = 17;
5123 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
5124 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
5125 continue;
5126 }
5127
5128 /* Handle '%r1' implicit operand of addil instruction. */
5129 case 'Z':
5130 if (*s == ',' && *(s + 1) == '%' && *(s + 3) == '1'
5131 && (*(s + 2) == 'r' || *(s + 2) == 'R'))
5132 {
5133 s += 4;
5134 continue;
5135 }
5136 else
5137 break;
5138
5139 /* Handle '%sr0,%r31' implicit operand of be,l instruction. */
5140 case 'Y':
5141 if (strncasecmp (s, "%sr0,%r31", 9) != 0)
5142 break;
5143 s += 9;
5144 continue;
5145
5146 /* Handle immediate value of 0 for ordered load/store instructions. */
5147 case '@':
5148 if (*s != '0')
5149 break;
5150 s++;
5151 continue;
5152
5153 /* Handle a 2 bit shift count at 25. */
5154 case '.':
5155 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5156 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5157 break;
5158 s = expr_end;
5159 CHECK_FIELD (num, 3, 1, strict);
5160 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
5161
5162 /* Handle a 4 bit shift count at 25. */
5163 case '*':
5164 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5165 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5166 break;
5167 s = expr_end;
5168 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, 0, strict);
5169 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
5170
5171 /* Handle a 5 bit shift count at 26. */
5172 case 'p':
5173 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5174 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5175 break;
5176 s = expr_end;
5177 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
5178 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
5179 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, 31 - num, 5);
5180
5181 /* Handle a 6 bit shift count at 20,22:26. */
5182 case '~':
5183 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5184 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5185 break;
5186 s = expr_end;
5187 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
5188 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
5189 num = 63 - num;
5190 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 6;
5191 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 5);
5192
5193 /* Handle a 6 bit field length at 23,27:31. */
5194 case '%':
5195 flag = 0;
5196 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5197 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5198 break;
5199 s = expr_end;
5200 CHECK_FIELD (num, 64, 1, strict);
5201 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
5202 num--;
5203 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 3;
5204 num = 31 - (num & 0x1f);
5205 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5206
5207 /* Handle a 6 bit field length at 19,27:31. */
5208 case '|':
5209 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5210 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5211 break;
5212 s = expr_end;
5213 CHECK_FIELD (num, 64, 1, strict);
5214 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
5215 num--;
5216 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 7;
5217 num = 31 - (num & 0x1f);
5218 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5219
5220 /* Handle a 5 bit bit position at 26. */
5221 case 'P':
5222 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5223 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5224 break;
5225 s = expr_end;
5226 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
5227 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
5228 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 5);
5229
5230 /* Handle a 6 bit bit position at 20,22:26. */
5231 case 'q':
5232 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5233 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5234 break;
5235 s = expr_end;
5236 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
5237 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
5238 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 6;
5239 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 5);
5240
5241 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 10 with 'd' as the complement
5242 of the high bit of the immediate. */
5243 case 'B':
5244 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5245 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5246 break;
5247 s = expr_end;
5248 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
5249 if (num & 0x20)
5250 ;
5251 else
5252 opcode |= (1 << 13);
5253 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 21);
5254
5255 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 10. */
5256 case 'Q':
5257 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5258 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5259 break;
5260 s = expr_end;
5261 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
5262 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
5263
5264 /* Handle a 9 bit immediate at 28. */
5265 case '$':
5266 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5267 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5268 break;
5269 s = expr_end;
5270 CHECK_FIELD (num, 511, 1, strict);
5271 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 3);
5272
5273 /* Handle a 13 bit immediate at 18. */
5274 case 'A':
5275 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5276 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5277 break;
5278 s = expr_end;
5279 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, 0, strict);
5280 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
5281
5282 /* Handle a 26 bit immediate at 31. */
5283 case 'D':
5284 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5285 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5286 break;
5287 s = expr_end;
5288 CHECK_FIELD (num, 67108863, 0, strict);
5289 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5290
5291 /* Handle a 3 bit SFU identifier at 25. */
5292 case 'v':
5293 if (*s++ != ',')
5294 as_bad (_("Invalid SFU identifier"));
5295 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5296 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5297 break;
5298 s = expr_end;
5299 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, strict);
5300 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
5301
5302 /* Handle a 20 bit SOP field for spop0. */
5303 case 'O':
5304 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5305 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5306 break;
5307 s = expr_end;
5308 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1048575, 0, strict);
5309 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x000fffe0) << 6);
5310 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5311
5312 /* Handle a 15bit SOP field for spop1. */
5313 case 'o':
5314 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5315 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5316 break;
5317 s = expr_end;
5318 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, 0, strict);
5319 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 11);
5320
5321 /* Handle a 10bit SOP field for spop3. */
5322 case '0':
5323 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5324 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5325 break;
5326 s = expr_end;
5327 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, 0, strict);
5328 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x000003e0) << 6);
5329 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5330
5331 /* Handle a 15 bit SOP field for spop2. */
5332 case '1':
5333 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5334 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5335 break;
5336 s = expr_end;
5337 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, 0, strict);
5338 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x00007fe0) << 6);
5339 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5340
5341 /* Handle a 3-bit co-processor ID field. */
5342 case 'u':
5343 if (*s++ != ',')
5344 as_bad (_("Invalid COPR identifier"));
5345 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5346 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5347 break;
5348 s = expr_end;
5349 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, strict);
5350 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
5351
5352 /* Handle a 22bit SOP field for copr. */
5353 case '2':
5354 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5355 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5356 break;
5357 s = expr_end;
5358 CHECK_FIELD (num, 4194303, 0, strict);
5359 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x003fffe0) << 4);
5360 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5361
5362 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer. */
5363 case '{':
5364 if (*s == ',' && *(s+1) == 't')
5365 {
5366 the_insn.trunc = 1;
5367 s += 2;
5368 }
5369 else
5370 the_insn.trunc = 0;
5371 flag = pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (&s);
5372 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
5373 if (flag == W || flag == UW)
5374 flag = SGL;
5375 if (flag == DW || flag == UDW)
5376 flag = DBL;
5377 if (flag == QW || flag == UQW)
5378 flag = QUAD;
5379 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
5380
5381 /* Handle a destination FP operand format completer. */
5382 case '_':
5383 /* pa_parse_format needs the ',' prefix. */
5384 s--;
5385 flag = pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (&s);
5386 the_insn.fpof2 = flag;
5387 if (flag == W || flag == UW)
5388 flag = SGL;
5389 if (flag == DW || flag == UDW)
5390 flag = DBL;
5391 if (flag == QW || flag == UQW)
5392 flag = QUAD;
5393 opcode |= flag << 13;
5394 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL
5395 || the_insn.fpof1 == DBL
5396 || the_insn.fpof1 == QUAD)
5397 {
5398 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
5399 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
5400 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
5401 flag = 0;
5402 else if (the_insn.fpof2 == W
5403 || the_insn.fpof2 == DW
5404 || the_insn.fpof2 == QW)
5405 flag = 2;
5406 else if (the_insn.fpof2 == UW
5407 || the_insn.fpof2 == UDW
5408 || the_insn.fpof2 == UQW)
5409 flag = 6;
5410 else
5411 abort ();
5412 }
5413 else if (the_insn.fpof1 == W
5414 || the_insn.fpof1 == DW
5415 || the_insn.fpof1 == QW)
5416 {
5417 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
5418 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
5419 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
5420 flag = 1;
5421 else
5422 abort ();
5423 }
5424 else if (the_insn.fpof1 == UW
5425 || the_insn.fpof1 == UDW
5426 || the_insn.fpof1 == UQW)
5427 {
5428 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
5429 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
5430 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
5431 flag = 5;
5432 else
5433 abort ();
5434 }
5435 flag |= the_insn.trunc;
5436 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 15);
5437
5438 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer. */
5439 case 'F':
5440 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
5441 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
5442 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
5443
5444 /* Handle a destination FP operand format completer. */
5445 case 'G':
5446 /* pa_parse_format needs the ',' prefix. */
5447 s--;
5448 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
5449 the_insn.fpof2 = flag;
5450 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 13);
5451
5452 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer at 20. */
5453 case 'I':
5454 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
5455 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
5456 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
5457
5458 /* Handle a floating point operand format at 26.
5459 Only allows single and double precision. */
5460 case 'H':
5461 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
5462 switch (flag)
5463 {
5464 case SGL:
5465 opcode |= 0x20;
5466 case DBL:
5467 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
5468 continue;
5469
5470 case QUAD:
5471 case ILLEGAL_FMT:
5472 default:
5473 as_bad (_("Invalid Floating Point Operand Format."));
5474 }
5475 break;
5476
5477 /* Handle all floating point registers. */
5478 case 'f':
5479 switch (*++args)
5480 {
5481 /* Float target register. */
5482 case 't':
5483 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 3))
5484 break;
5485 /* RSEL should not be set. */
5486 if (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL)
5487 break;
5488 num = pa_number - FP_REG_BASE;
5489 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5490 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5491
5492 /* Float target register with L/R selection. */
5493 case 'T':
5494 {
5495 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5496 break;
5497 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5498 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5499 opcode |= num;
5500
5501 /* 0x30 opcodes are FP arithmetic operation opcodes
5502 and need to be turned into 0x38 opcodes. This
5503 is not necessary for loads/stores. */
5504 if (need_pa11_opcode ()
5505 && ((opcode & 0xfc000000) == 0x30000000))
5506 opcode |= 1 << 27;
5507
5508 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 6 : 0);
5509 continue;
5510 }
5511
5512 /* Float operand 1. */
5513 case 'a':
5514 {
5515 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5516 break;
5517 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5518 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5519 opcode |= num << 21;
5520 if (need_pa11_opcode ())
5521 {
5522 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 7 : 0);
5523 opcode |= 1 << 27;
5524 }
5525 continue;
5526 }
5527
5528 /* Float operand 1 with L/R selection. */
5529 case 'X':
5530 case 'A':
5531 {
5532 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5533 break;
5534 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5535 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5536 opcode |= num << 21;
5537 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 7 : 0);
5538 continue;
5539 }
5540
5541 /* Float operand 2. */
5542 case 'b':
5543 {
5544 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5545 break;
5546 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5547 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5548 opcode |= num << 16;
5549 if (need_pa11_opcode ())
5550 {
5551 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 12 : 0);
5552 opcode |= 1 << 27;
5553 }
5554 continue;
5555 }
5556
5557 /* Float operand 2 with L/R selection. */
5558 case 'B':
5559 {
5560 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5561 break;
5562 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5563 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5564 opcode |= num << 16;
5565 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 12 : 0);
5566 continue;
5567 }
5568
5569 /* Float operand 3 for fmpyfadd, fmpynfadd. */
5570 case 'C':
5571 {
5572 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5573 break;
5574 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5575 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5576 opcode |= (num & 0x1c) << 11;
5577 opcode |= (num & 0x03) << 9;
5578 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 8 : 0);
5579 continue;
5580 }
5581
5582 /* Float mult operand 1 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
5583 case 'i':
5584 {
5585 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5586 break;
5587 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5588 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5589 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
5590 {
5591 if (num < 16)
5592 {
5593 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
5594 break;
5595 }
5596 num &= 0xF;
5597 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
5598 }
5599 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
5600 }
5601
5602 /* Float mult operand 2 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
5603 case 'j':
5604 {
5605 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5606 break;
5607 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5608 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5609 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
5610 {
5611 if (num < 16)
5612 {
5613 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
5614 break;
5615 }
5616 num &= 0xF;
5617 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
5618 }
5619 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
5620 }
5621
5622 /* Float mult target for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
5623 case 'k':
5624 {
5625 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5626 break;
5627 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5628 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5629 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
5630 {
5631 if (num < 16)
5632 {
5633 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
5634 break;
5635 }
5636 num &= 0xF;
5637 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
5638 }
5639 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5640 }
5641
5642 /* Float add operand 1 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
5643 case 'l':
5644 {
5645 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5646 break;
5647 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5648 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5649 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
5650 {
5651 if (num < 16)
5652 {
5653 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
5654 break;
5655 }
5656 num &= 0xF;
5657 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
5658 }
5659 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
5660 }
5661
5662 /* Float add target for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
5663 case 'm':
5664 {
5665 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5666 break;
5667 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5668 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5669 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
5670 {
5671 if (num < 16)
5672 {
5673 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
5674 break;
5675 }
5676 num &= 0xF;
5677 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
5678 }
5679 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 11);
5680 }
5681
5682 /* Handle L/R register halves like 'x'. */
5683 case 'E':
5684 case 'e':
5685 {
5686 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5687 break;
5688 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5689 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5690 opcode |= num << 16;
5691 if (need_pa11_opcode ())
5692 {
5693 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 1 : 0);
5694 }
5695 continue;
5696 }
5697
5698 /* Float target register (PA 2.0 wide). */
5699 case 'x':
5700 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 3))
5701 break;
5702 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5703 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5704 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
5705
5706 default:
5707 abort ();
5708 }
5709 break;
5710
5711 default:
5712 abort ();
5713 }
5714 break;
5715 }
5716
5717 /* If this instruction is specific to a particular architecture,
5718 then set a new architecture. This automatic promotion crud is
5719 for compatibility with HP's old assemblers only. */
5720 if (match == TRUE
5721 && bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < insn->arch
5722 && !bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, insn->arch))
5723 {
5724 as_warn (_("could not update architecture and machine"));
5725 match = FALSE;
5726 }
5727
5728 failed:
5729 /* Check if the args matched. */
5730 if (!match)
5731 {
5732 if (&insn[1] - pa_opcodes < (int) NUMOPCODES
5733 && !strcmp (insn->name, insn[1].name))
5734 {
5735 ++insn;
5736 s = argstart;
5737 continue;
5738 }
5739 else
5740 {
5741 as_bad (_("Invalid operands %s"), error_message);
5742 return;
5743 }
5744 }
5745 break;
5746 }
5747
5748 if (immediate_check)
5749 {
5750 if (pos != -1 && len != -1 && pos < len - 1)
5751 as_warn (_("Immediates %d and %d will give undefined behavior."),
5752 pos, len);
5753 }
5754
5755 the_insn.opcode = opcode;
5756 }
5757
5758 /* Assemble a single instruction storing it into a frag. */
5759
5760 void
5761 md_assemble (char *str)
5762 {
5763 char *to;
5764
5765 /* The had better be something to assemble. */
5766 gas_assert (str);
5767
5768 /* If we are within a procedure definition, make sure we've
5769 defined a label for the procedure; handle case where the
5770 label was defined after the .PROC directive.
5771
5772 Note there's not need to diddle with the segment or fragment
5773 for the label symbol in this case. We have already switched
5774 into the new $CODE$ subspace at this point. */
5775 if (within_procedure && last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
5776 {
5777 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
5778
5779 if (label_symbol)
5780 {
5781 if (label_symbol->lss_label)
5782 {
5783 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
5784 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags
5785 |= BSF_FUNCTION;
5786 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5787 /* Also handle allocation of a fixup to hold the unwind
5788 information when the label appears after the proc/procend. */
5789 if (within_entry_exit)
5790 {
5791 char *where;
5792 unsigned int u;
5793
5794 where = frag_more (0);
5795 u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
5796 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
5797 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
5798 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u);
5799 }
5800 #endif
5801 }
5802 else
5803 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
5804 }
5805 else
5806 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC"));
5807 }
5808
5809 /* Assemble the instruction. Results are saved into "the_insn". */
5810 pa_ip (str);
5811
5812 /* Get somewhere to put the assembled instruction. */
5813 to = frag_more (4);
5814
5815 /* Output the opcode. */
5816 md_number_to_chars (to, the_insn.opcode, 4);
5817
5818 /* If necessary output more stuff. */
5819 if (the_insn.reloc != R_HPPA_NONE)
5820 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, (to - frag_now->fr_literal), 4, NULL,
5821 (offsetT) 0, &the_insn.exp, the_insn.pcrel,
5822 the_insn.reloc, the_insn.field_selector,
5823 the_insn.format, the_insn.arg_reloc, 0);
5824
5825 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
5826 dwarf2_emit_insn (4);
5827 #endif
5828 }
5829
5830 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5831 /* Handle an alignment directive. Special so that we can update the
5832 alignment of the subspace if necessary. */
5833 static void
5834 pa_align (int bytes)
5835 {
5836 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
5837 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
5838
5839 /* Let the generic gas code do most of the work. */
5840 s_align_bytes (bytes);
5841
5842 /* If bytes is a power of 2, then update the current subspace's
5843 alignment if necessary. */
5844 if (exact_log2 (bytes) != -1)
5845 record_alignment (current_subspace->ssd_seg, exact_log2 (bytes));
5846 }
5847 #endif
5848
5849 /* Handle a .BLOCK type pseudo-op. */
5850
5851 static void
5852 pa_block (int z ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
5853 {
5854 unsigned int temp_size;
5855
5856 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5857 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
5858 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
5859 #endif
5860
5861 temp_size = get_absolute_expression ();
5862
5863 if (temp_size > 0x3FFFFFFF)
5864 {
5865 as_bad (_("Argument to .BLOCK/.BLOCKZ must be between 0 and 0x3fffffff"));
5866 temp_size = 0;
5867 }
5868 else
5869 {
5870 /* Always fill with zeros, that's what the HP assembler does. */
5871 char *p = frag_var (rs_fill, 1, 1, 0, NULL, temp_size, NULL);
5872 *p = 0;
5873 }
5874
5875 pa_undefine_label ();
5876 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5877 }
5878
5879 /* Handle a .begin_brtab and .end_brtab pseudo-op. */
5880
5881 static void
5882 pa_brtab (int begin ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
5883 {
5884
5885 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5886 /* The BRTAB relocations are only available in SOM (to denote
5887 the beginning and end of branch tables). */
5888 char *where = frag_more (0);
5889
5890 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
5891 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
5892 0, begin ? R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB : R_HPPA_END_BRTAB,
5893 e_fsel, 0, 0, 0);
5894 #endif
5895
5896 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5897 }
5898
5899 /* Handle a .begin_try and .end_try pseudo-op. */
5900
5901 static void
5902 pa_try (int begin ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
5903 {
5904 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5905 expressionS exp;
5906 char *where = frag_more (0);
5907
5908 if (! begin)
5909 expression (&exp);
5910
5911 /* The TRY relocations are only available in SOM (to denote
5912 the beginning and end of exception handling regions). */
5913
5914 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
5915 NULL, (offsetT) 0, begin ? NULL : &exp,
5916 0, begin ? R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY : R_HPPA_END_TRY,
5917 e_fsel, 0, 0, 0);
5918 #endif
5919
5920 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5921 }
5922
5923 /* Do the dirty work of building a call descriptor which describes
5924 where the caller placed arguments to a function call. */
5925
5926 static void
5927 pa_call_args (struct call_desc *call_desc)
5928 {
5929 char *name, c, *p;
5930 unsigned int temp, arg_reloc;
5931
5932 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
5933 {
5934 name = input_line_pointer;
5935 c = get_symbol_end ();
5936 /* Process a source argument. */
5937 if ((strncasecmp (name, "argw", 4) == 0))
5938 {
5939 temp = atoi (name + 4);
5940 p = input_line_pointer;
5941 *p = c;
5942 input_line_pointer++;
5943 name = input_line_pointer;
5944 c = get_symbol_end ();
5945 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
5946 call_desc->arg_reloc |= pa_align_arg_reloc (temp, arg_reloc);
5947 }
5948 /* Process a return value. */
5949 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "rtnval", 6) == 0))
5950 {
5951 p = input_line_pointer;
5952 *p = c;
5953 input_line_pointer++;
5954 name = input_line_pointer;
5955 c = get_symbol_end ();
5956 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
5957 call_desc->arg_reloc |= (arg_reloc & 0x3);
5958 }
5959 else
5960 {
5961 as_bad (_("Invalid .CALL argument: %s"), name);
5962 }
5963 p = input_line_pointer;
5964 *p = c;
5965 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
5966 input_line_pointer++;
5967 }
5968 }
5969
5970 /* Handle a .CALL pseudo-op. This involves storing away information
5971 about where arguments are to be found so the linker can detect
5972 (and correct) argument location mismatches between caller and callee. */
5973
5974 static void
5975 pa_call (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
5976 {
5977 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5978 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
5979 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
5980 #endif
5981
5982 pa_call_args (&last_call_desc);
5983 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5984 }
5985
5986 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
5987 /* Build an entry in the UNWIND subspace from the given function
5988 attributes in CALL_INFO. This is not needed for SOM as using
5989 R_ENTRY and R_EXIT relocations allow the linker to handle building
5990 of the unwind spaces. */
5991
5992 static void
5993 pa_build_unwind_subspace (struct call_info *call_info)
5994 {
5995 asection *seg, *save_seg;
5996 subsegT save_subseg;
5997 unsigned int unwind;
5998 int reloc;
5999 char *name, *p;
6000 symbolS *symbolP;
6001
6002 if ((bfd_get_section_flags (stdoutput, now_seg)
6003 & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
6004 != (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
6005 return;
6006
6007 if (call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
6008 /* This can happen if there were errors earlier on in the assembly. */
6009 return;
6010
6011 /* Replace the start symbol with a local symbol that will be reduced
6012 to a section offset. This avoids problems with weak functions with
6013 multiple definitions, etc. */
6014 name = xmalloc (strlen ("L$\001start_")
6015 + strlen (S_GET_NAME (call_info->start_symbol))
6016 + 1);
6017 strcpy (name, "L$\001start_");
6018 strcat (name, S_GET_NAME (call_info->start_symbol));
6019
6020 /* If we have a .procend preceded by a .exit, then the symbol will have
6021 already been defined. In that case, we don't want another unwind
6022 entry. */
6023 symbolP = symbol_find (name);
6024 if (symbolP)
6025 {
6026 xfree (name);
6027 return;
6028 }
6029 else
6030 {
6031 symbolP = symbol_new (name, now_seg,
6032 S_GET_VALUE (call_info->start_symbol), frag_now);
6033 gas_assert (symbolP);
6034 S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbolP);
6035 symbol_table_insert (symbolP);
6036 }
6037
6038 reloc = R_PARISC_SEGREL32;
6039 save_seg = now_seg;
6040 save_subseg = now_subseg;
6041 /* Get into the right seg/subseg. This may involve creating
6042 the seg the first time through. Make sure to have the
6043 old seg/subseg so that we can reset things when we are done. */
6044 seg = bfd_get_section_by_name (stdoutput, UNWIND_SECTION_NAME);
6045 if (seg == ASEC_NULL)
6046 {
6047 seg = subseg_new (UNWIND_SECTION_NAME, 0);
6048 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, seg,
6049 SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
6050 | SEC_LOAD | SEC_RELOC | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_DATA);
6051 bfd_set_section_alignment (stdoutput, seg, 2);
6052 }
6053
6054 subseg_set (seg, 0);
6055
6056 /* Get some space to hold relocation information for the unwind
6057 descriptor. */
6058 p = frag_more (16);
6059
6060 /* Relocation info. for start offset of the function. */
6061 md_number_to_chars (p, 0, 4);
6062 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 4,
6063 symbolP, (offsetT) 0,
6064 (expressionS *) NULL, 0, reloc,
6065 e_fsel, 32, 0, 0);
6066
6067 /* Relocation info. for end offset of the function.
6068
6069 Because we allow reductions of 32bit relocations for ELF, this will be
6070 reduced to section_sym + offset which avoids putting the temporary
6071 symbol into the symbol table. It (should) end up giving the same
6072 value as call_info->start_symbol + function size once the linker is
6073 finished with its work. */
6074 md_number_to_chars (p + 4, 0, 4);
6075 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, p + 4 - frag_now->fr_literal, 4,
6076 call_info->end_symbol, (offsetT) 0,
6077 (expressionS *) NULL, 0, reloc,
6078 e_fsel, 32, 0, 0);
6079
6080 /* Dump the descriptor. */
6081 unwind = UNWIND_LOW32 (&call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
6082 md_number_to_chars (p + 8, unwind, 4);
6083
6084 unwind = UNWIND_HIGH32 (&call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
6085 md_number_to_chars (p + 12, unwind, 4);
6086
6087 /* Return back to the original segment/subsegment. */
6088 subseg_set (save_seg, save_subseg);
6089 }
6090 #endif
6091
6092 /* Process a .CALLINFO pseudo-op. This information is used later
6093 to build unwind descriptors and maybe one day to support
6094 .ENTER and .LEAVE. */
6095
6096 static void
6097 pa_callinfo (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6098 {
6099 char *name, c, *p;
6100 int temp;
6101
6102 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6103 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6104 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6105 #endif
6106
6107 /* .CALLINFO must appear within a procedure definition. */
6108 if (!within_procedure)
6109 as_bad (_(".callinfo is not within a procedure definition"));
6110
6111 /* Mark the fact that we found the .CALLINFO for the
6112 current procedure. */
6113 callinfo_found = TRUE;
6114
6115 /* Iterate over the .CALLINFO arguments. */
6116 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6117 {
6118 name = input_line_pointer;
6119 c = get_symbol_end ();
6120 /* Frame size specification. */
6121 if ((strncasecmp (name, "frame", 5) == 0))
6122 {
6123 p = input_line_pointer;
6124 *p = c;
6125 input_line_pointer++;
6126 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6127 if ((temp & 0x3) != 0)
6128 {
6129 as_bad (_("FRAME parameter must be a multiple of 8: %d\n"), temp);
6130 temp = 0;
6131 }
6132
6133 /* callinfo is in bytes and unwind_desc is in 8 byte units. */
6134 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.frame_size = temp / 8;
6135
6136 }
6137 /* Entry register (GR, GR and SR) specifications. */
6138 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_gr", 8) == 0))
6139 {
6140 p = input_line_pointer;
6141 *p = c;
6142 input_line_pointer++;
6143 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6144 /* The HP assembler accepts 19 as the high bound for ENTRY_GR
6145 even though %r19 is caller saved. I think this is a bug in
6146 the HP assembler, and we are not going to emulate it. */
6147 if (temp < 3 || temp > 18)
6148 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_GR must be in the range 3..18\n"));
6149 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.entry_gr = temp - 2;
6150 }
6151 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_fr", 8) == 0))
6152 {
6153 p = input_line_pointer;
6154 *p = c;
6155 input_line_pointer++;
6156 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6157 /* Similarly the HP assembler takes 31 as the high bound even
6158 though %fr21 is the last callee saved floating point register. */
6159 if (temp < 12 || temp > 21)
6160 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_FR must be in the range 12..21\n"));
6161 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.entry_fr = temp - 11;
6162 }
6163 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_sr", 8) == 0))
6164 {
6165 p = input_line_pointer;
6166 *p = c;
6167 input_line_pointer++;
6168 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6169 if (temp != 3)
6170 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_SR must be 3\n"));
6171 }
6172 /* Note whether or not this function performs any calls. */
6173 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "calls", 5) == 0) ||
6174 (strncasecmp (name, "caller", 6) == 0))
6175 {
6176 p = input_line_pointer;
6177 *p = c;
6178 }
6179 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "no_calls", 8) == 0))
6180 {
6181 p = input_line_pointer;
6182 *p = c;
6183 }
6184 /* Should RP be saved into the stack. */
6185 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "save_rp", 7) == 0))
6186 {
6187 p = input_line_pointer;
6188 *p = c;
6189 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.save_rp = 1;
6190 }
6191 /* Likewise for SP. */
6192 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "save_sp", 7) == 0))
6193 {
6194 p = input_line_pointer;
6195 *p = c;
6196 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.save_sp = 1;
6197 }
6198 /* Is this an unwindable procedure. If so mark it so
6199 in the unwind descriptor. */
6200 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "no_unwind", 9) == 0))
6201 {
6202 p = input_line_pointer;
6203 *p = c;
6204 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.cannot_unwind = 1;
6205 }
6206 /* Is this an interrupt routine. If so mark it in the
6207 unwind descriptor. */
6208 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "hpux_int", 7) == 0))
6209 {
6210 p = input_line_pointer;
6211 *p = c;
6212 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.hpux_interrupt_marker = 1;
6213 }
6214 /* Is this a millicode routine. "millicode" isn't in my
6215 assembler manual, but my copy is old. The HP assembler
6216 accepts it, and there's a place in the unwind descriptor
6217 to drop the information, so we'll accept it too. */
6218 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "millicode", 9) == 0))
6219 {
6220 p = input_line_pointer;
6221 *p = c;
6222 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.millicode = 1;
6223 }
6224 else
6225 {
6226 as_bad (_("Invalid .CALLINFO argument: %s"), name);
6227 *input_line_pointer = c;
6228 }
6229 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6230 input_line_pointer++;
6231 }
6232
6233 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6234 }
6235
6236 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
6237 /* Switch to the text space. Like s_text, but delete our
6238 label when finished. */
6239
6240 static void
6241 pa_text (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6242 {
6243 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6244 current_space = is_defined_space ("$TEXT$");
6245 current_subspace
6246 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (current_space->sd_seg, 0);
6247 #endif
6248
6249 s_text (0);
6250 pa_undefine_label ();
6251 }
6252
6253 /* Switch to the data space. As usual delete our label. */
6254
6255 static void
6256 pa_data (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6257 {
6258 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6259 current_space = is_defined_space ("$PRIVATE$");
6260 current_subspace
6261 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (current_space->sd_seg, 0);
6262 #endif
6263 s_data (0);
6264 pa_undefine_label ();
6265 }
6266
6267 /* This is different than the standard GAS s_comm(). On HP9000/800 machines,
6268 the .comm pseudo-op has the following syntax:
6269
6270 <label> .comm <length>
6271
6272 where <label> is optional and is a symbol whose address will be the start of
6273 a block of memory <length> bytes long. <length> must be an absolute
6274 expression. <length> bytes will be allocated in the current space
6275 and subspace.
6276
6277 Also note the label may not even be on the same line as the .comm.
6278
6279 This difference in syntax means the colon function will be called
6280 on the symbol before we arrive in pa_comm. colon will set a number
6281 of attributes of the symbol that need to be fixed here. In particular
6282 the value, section pointer, fragment pointer, flags, etc. What
6283 a pain.
6284
6285 This also makes error detection all but impossible. */
6286
6287 static void
6288 pa_comm (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6289 {
6290 unsigned int size;
6291 symbolS *symbol;
6292 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
6293
6294 if (label_symbol)
6295 symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
6296 else
6297 symbol = NULL;
6298
6299 SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
6300 size = get_absolute_expression ();
6301
6302 if (symbol)
6303 {
6304 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_OBJECT;
6305 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, size);
6306 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, bfd_com_section_ptr);
6307 S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6308
6309 /* colon() has already set the frag to the current location in the
6310 current subspace; we need to reset the fragment to the zero address
6311 fragment. We also need to reset the segment pointer. */
6312 symbol_set_frag (symbol, &zero_address_frag);
6313 }
6314 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6315 }
6316 #endif /* !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD))) */
6317
6318 /* Process a .END pseudo-op. */
6319
6320 static void
6321 pa_end (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6322 {
6323 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6324 }
6325
6326 /* Process a .ENTER pseudo-op. This is not supported. */
6327
6328 static void
6329 pa_enter (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6330 {
6331 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6332 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6333 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6334 #endif
6335
6336 as_bad (_("The .ENTER pseudo-op is not supported"));
6337 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6338 }
6339
6340 /* Process a .ENTRY pseudo-op. .ENTRY marks the beginning of the
6341 procedure. */
6342
6343 static void
6344 pa_entry (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6345 {
6346 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6347 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6348 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6349 #endif
6350
6351 if (!within_procedure)
6352 as_bad (_("Misplaced .entry. Ignored."));
6353 else
6354 {
6355 if (!callinfo_found)
6356 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo."));
6357 }
6358 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6359 within_entry_exit = TRUE;
6360
6361 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6362 /* SOM defers building of unwind descriptors until the link phase.
6363 The assembler is responsible for creating an R_ENTRY relocation
6364 to mark the beginning of a region and hold the unwind bits, and
6365 for creating an R_EXIT relocation to mark the end of the region.
6366
6367 FIXME. ELF should be using the same conventions! The problem
6368 is an unwind requires too much relocation space. Hmmm. Maybe
6369 if we split the unwind bits up between the relocations which
6370 denote the entry and exit points. */
6371 if (last_call_info->start_symbol != NULL)
6372 {
6373 char *where;
6374 unsigned int u;
6375
6376 where = frag_more (0);
6377 u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
6378 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
6379 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
6380 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u);
6381 }
6382 #endif
6383 }
6384
6385 /* Silly nonsense for pa_equ. The only half-sensible use for this is
6386 being able to subtract two register symbols that specify a range of
6387 registers, to get the size of the range. */
6388 static int fudge_reg_expressions;
6389
6390 int
6391 hppa_force_reg_syms_absolute (expressionS *resultP,
6392 operatorT op ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6393 expressionS *rightP)
6394 {
6395 if (fudge_reg_expressions
6396 && rightP->X_op == O_register
6397 && resultP->X_op == O_register)
6398 {
6399 rightP->X_op = O_constant;
6400 resultP->X_op = O_constant;
6401 }
6402 return 0; /* Continue normal expr handling. */
6403 }
6404
6405 /* Handle a .EQU pseudo-op. */
6406
6407 static void
6408 pa_equ (int reg)
6409 {
6410 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
6411 symbolS *symbol;
6412
6413 if (label_symbol)
6414 {
6415 symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
6416 if (reg)
6417 {
6418 strict = 1;
6419 if (!pa_parse_number (&input_line_pointer, 0))
6420 as_bad (_(".REG expression must be a register"));
6421 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, pa_number);
6422 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, reg_section);
6423 }
6424 else
6425 {
6426 expressionS exp;
6427 segT seg;
6428
6429 fudge_reg_expressions = 1;
6430 seg = expression (&exp);
6431 fudge_reg_expressions = 0;
6432 if (exp.X_op != O_constant
6433 && exp.X_op != O_register)
6434 {
6435 if (exp.X_op != O_absent)
6436 as_bad (_("bad or irreducible absolute expression; zero assumed"));
6437 exp.X_add_number = 0;
6438 seg = absolute_section;
6439 }
6440 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, (unsigned int) exp.X_add_number);
6441 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, seg);
6442 }
6443 }
6444 else
6445 {
6446 if (reg)
6447 as_bad (_(".REG must use a label"));
6448 else
6449 as_bad (_(".EQU must use a label"));
6450 }
6451
6452 pa_undefine_label ();
6453 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6454 }
6455
6456 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
6457 /* Mark the end of a function so that it's possible to compute
6458 the size of the function in elf_hppa_final_processing. */
6459
6460 static void
6461 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function (void)
6462 {
6463 /* ELF does not have EXIT relocations. All we do is create a
6464 temporary symbol marking the end of the function. */
6465 char *name;
6466
6467 if (last_call_info == NULL || last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
6468 {
6469 /* We have already warned about a missing label,
6470 or other problems. */
6471 return;
6472 }
6473
6474 name = xmalloc (strlen ("L$\001end_")
6475 + strlen (S_GET_NAME (last_call_info->start_symbol))
6476 + 1);
6477 if (name)
6478 {
6479 symbolS *symbolP;
6480
6481 strcpy (name, "L$\001end_");
6482 strcat (name, S_GET_NAME (last_call_info->start_symbol));
6483
6484 /* If we have a .exit followed by a .procend, then the
6485 symbol will have already been defined. */
6486 symbolP = symbol_find (name);
6487 if (symbolP)
6488 {
6489 /* The symbol has already been defined! This can
6490 happen if we have a .exit followed by a .procend.
6491
6492 This is *not* an error. All we want to do is free
6493 the memory we just allocated for the name and continue. */
6494 xfree (name);
6495 }
6496 else
6497 {
6498 /* symbol value should be the offset of the
6499 last instruction of the function */
6500 symbolP = symbol_new (name, now_seg, (valueT) (frag_now_fix () - 4),
6501 frag_now);
6502
6503 gas_assert (symbolP);
6504 S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbolP);
6505 symbol_table_insert (symbolP);
6506 }
6507
6508 if (symbolP)
6509 last_call_info->end_symbol = symbolP;
6510 else
6511 as_bad (_("Symbol '%s' could not be created."), name);
6512
6513 }
6514 else
6515 as_bad (_("No memory for symbol name."));
6516 }
6517 #endif
6518
6519 /* Helper function. Does processing for the end of a function. This
6520 usually involves creating some relocations or building special
6521 symbols to mark the end of the function. */
6522
6523 static void
6524 process_exit (void)
6525 {
6526 char *where;
6527
6528 where = frag_more (0);
6529
6530 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
6531 /* Mark the end of the function, stuff away the location of the frag
6532 for the end of the function, and finally call pa_build_unwind_subspace
6533 to add an entry in the unwind table. */
6534 (void) where;
6535 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ();
6536 pa_build_unwind_subspace (last_call_info);
6537 #else
6538 /* SOM defers building of unwind descriptors until the link phase.
6539 The assembler is responsible for creating an R_ENTRY relocation
6540 to mark the beginning of a region and hold the unwind bits, and
6541 for creating an R_EXIT relocation to mark the end of the region.
6542
6543 FIXME. ELF should be using the same conventions! The problem
6544 is an unwind requires too much relocation space. Hmmm. Maybe
6545 if we split the unwind bits up between the relocations which
6546 denote the entry and exit points. */
6547 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
6548 NULL, (offsetT) 0,
6549 NULL, 0, R_HPPA_EXIT, e_fsel, 0, 0,
6550 UNWIND_HIGH32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor));
6551 #endif
6552 }
6553
6554 /* Process a .EXIT pseudo-op. */
6555
6556 static void
6557 pa_exit (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6558 {
6559 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6560 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6561 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6562 #endif
6563
6564 if (!within_procedure)
6565 as_bad (_(".EXIT must appear within a procedure"));
6566 else
6567 {
6568 if (!callinfo_found)
6569 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo"));
6570 else
6571 {
6572 if (!within_entry_exit)
6573 as_bad (_("No .ENTRY for this .EXIT"));
6574 else
6575 {
6576 within_entry_exit = FALSE;
6577 process_exit ();
6578 }
6579 }
6580 }
6581 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6582 }
6583
6584 /* Helper function to process arguments to a .EXPORT pseudo-op. */
6585
6586 static void
6587 pa_type_args (symbolS *symbolP, int is_export)
6588 {
6589 char *name, c, *p;
6590 unsigned int temp, arg_reloc;
6591 pa_symbol_type type = SYMBOL_TYPE_UNKNOWN;
6592 asymbol *bfdsym = symbol_get_bfdsym (symbolP);
6593
6594 if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "absolute", 8) == 0)
6595 {
6596 input_line_pointer += 8;
6597 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6598 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, bfd_abs_section_ptr);
6599 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ABSOLUTE;
6600 }
6601 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "code", 4) == 0)
6602 {
6603 input_line_pointer += 4;
6604 /* IMPORTing/EXPORTing CODE types for functions is meaningless for SOM,
6605 instead one should be IMPORTing/EXPORTing ENTRY types.
6606
6607 Complain if one tries to EXPORT a CODE type since that's never
6608 done. Both GCC and HP C still try to IMPORT CODE types, so
6609 silently fix them to be ENTRY types. */
6610 if (S_IS_FUNCTION (symbolP))
6611 {
6612 if (is_export)
6613 as_tsktsk (_("Using ENTRY rather than CODE in export directive for %s"),
6614 S_GET_NAME (symbolP));
6615
6616 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6617 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY;
6618 }
6619 else
6620 {
6621 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6622 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_CODE;
6623 }
6624 }
6625 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "data", 4) == 0)
6626 {
6627 input_line_pointer += 4;
6628 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6629 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_OBJECT;
6630 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_DATA;
6631 }
6632 else if ((strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "entry", 5) == 0))
6633 {
6634 input_line_pointer += 5;
6635 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6636 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY;
6637 }
6638 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "millicode", 9) == 0)
6639 {
6640 input_line_pointer += 9;
6641 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6642 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
6643 {
6644 elf_symbol_type *elfsym = (elf_symbol_type *) bfdsym;
6645 elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info =
6646 ELF_ST_INFO (ELF_ST_BIND (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info),
6647 STT_PARISC_MILLI);
6648 }
6649 #endif
6650 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_MILLICODE;
6651 }
6652 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "plabel", 6) == 0)
6653 {
6654 input_line_pointer += 6;
6655 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6656 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_PLABEL;
6657 }
6658 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "pri_prog", 8) == 0)
6659 {
6660 input_line_pointer += 8;
6661 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6662 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_PRI_PROG;
6663 }
6664 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "sec_prog", 8) == 0)
6665 {
6666 input_line_pointer += 8;
6667 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6668 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_SEC_PROG;
6669 }
6670
6671 /* SOM requires much more information about symbol types
6672 than BFD understands. This is how we get this information
6673 to the SOM BFD backend. */
6674 #ifdef obj_set_symbol_type
6675 obj_set_symbol_type (bfdsym, (int) type);
6676 #else
6677 (void) type;
6678 #endif
6679
6680 /* Now that the type of the exported symbol has been handled,
6681 handle any argument relocation information. */
6682 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6683 {
6684 if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
6685 input_line_pointer++;
6686 name = input_line_pointer;
6687 c = get_symbol_end ();
6688 /* Argument sources. */
6689 if ((strncasecmp (name, "argw", 4) == 0))
6690 {
6691 p = input_line_pointer;
6692 *p = c;
6693 input_line_pointer++;
6694 temp = atoi (name + 4);
6695 name = input_line_pointer;
6696 c = get_symbol_end ();
6697 arg_reloc = pa_align_arg_reloc (temp, pa_build_arg_reloc (name));
6698 #if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
6699 symbol_arg_reloc_info (symbolP) |= arg_reloc;
6700 #else
6701 (void) arg_reloc;
6702 #endif
6703 *input_line_pointer = c;
6704 }
6705 /* The return value. */
6706 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "rtnval", 6)) == 0)
6707 {
6708 p = input_line_pointer;
6709 *p = c;
6710 input_line_pointer++;
6711 name = input_line_pointer;
6712 c = get_symbol_end ();
6713 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
6714 #if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
6715 symbol_arg_reloc_info (symbolP) |= arg_reloc;
6716 #else
6717 (void) arg_reloc;
6718 #endif
6719 *input_line_pointer = c;
6720 }
6721 /* Privilege level. */
6722 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "priv_lev", 8)) == 0)
6723 {
6724 p = input_line_pointer;
6725 *p = c;
6726 input_line_pointer++;
6727 temp = atoi (input_line_pointer);
6728 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6729 ((obj_symbol_type *) bfdsym)->tc_data.ap.hppa_priv_level = temp;
6730 #endif
6731 c = get_symbol_end ();
6732 *input_line_pointer = c;
6733 }
6734 else
6735 {
6736 as_bad (_("Undefined .EXPORT/.IMPORT argument (ignored): %s"), name);
6737 p = input_line_pointer;
6738 *p = c;
6739 }
6740 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6741 input_line_pointer++;
6742 }
6743 }
6744
6745 /* Process a .EXPORT directive. This makes functions external
6746 and provides information such as argument relocation entries
6747 to callers. */
6748
6749 static void
6750 pa_export (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6751 {
6752 char *name, c, *p;
6753 symbolS *symbol;
6754
6755 name = input_line_pointer;
6756 c = get_symbol_end ();
6757 /* Make sure the given symbol exists. */
6758 if ((symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name)) == NULL)
6759 {
6760 as_bad (_("Cannot define export symbol: %s\n"), name);
6761 p = input_line_pointer;
6762 *p = c;
6763 input_line_pointer++;
6764 }
6765 else
6766 {
6767 /* OK. Set the external bits and process argument relocations.
6768 For the HP, weak and global are not mutually exclusive.
6769 S_SET_EXTERNAL will not set BSF_GLOBAL if WEAK is set.
6770 Call S_SET_EXTERNAL to get the other processing. Manually
6771 set BSF_GLOBAL when we get back. */
6772 S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6773 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
6774 p = input_line_pointer;
6775 *p = c;
6776 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6777 {
6778 input_line_pointer++;
6779 pa_type_args (symbol, 1);
6780 }
6781 }
6782
6783 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6784 }
6785
6786 /* Handle an .IMPORT pseudo-op. Any symbol referenced in a given
6787 assembly file must either be defined in the assembly file, or
6788 explicitly IMPORTED from another. */
6789
6790 static void
6791 pa_import (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6792 {
6793 char *name, c, *p;
6794 symbolS *symbol;
6795
6796 name = input_line_pointer;
6797 c = get_symbol_end ();
6798
6799 symbol = symbol_find (name);
6800 /* Ugh. We might be importing a symbol defined earlier in the file,
6801 in which case all the code below will really screw things up
6802 (set the wrong segment, symbol flags & type, etc). */
6803 if (symbol == NULL || !S_IS_DEFINED (symbol))
6804 {
6805 symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name);
6806 p = input_line_pointer;
6807 *p = c;
6808
6809 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6810 {
6811 input_line_pointer++;
6812 pa_type_args (symbol, 0);
6813 }
6814 else
6815 {
6816 /* Sigh. To be compatible with the HP assembler and to help
6817 poorly written assembly code, we assign a type based on
6818 the current segment. Note only BSF_FUNCTION really
6819 matters, we do not need to set the full SYMBOL_TYPE_* info. */
6820 if (now_seg == text_section)
6821 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6822
6823 /* If the section is undefined, then the symbol is undefined
6824 Since this is an import, leave the section undefined. */
6825 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, bfd_und_section_ptr);
6826 }
6827 }
6828 else
6829 {
6830 /* The symbol was already defined. Just eat everything up to
6831 the end of the current statement. */
6832 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6833 input_line_pointer++;
6834 }
6835
6836 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6837 }
6838
6839 /* Handle a .LABEL pseudo-op. */
6840
6841 static void
6842 pa_label (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6843 {
6844 char *name, c, *p;
6845
6846 name = input_line_pointer;
6847 c = get_symbol_end ();
6848
6849 if (strlen (name) > 0)
6850 {
6851 colon (name);
6852 p = input_line_pointer;
6853 *p = c;
6854 }
6855 else
6856 {
6857 as_warn (_("Missing label name on .LABEL"));
6858 }
6859
6860 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6861 {
6862 as_warn (_("extra .LABEL arguments ignored."));
6863 ignore_rest_of_line ();
6864 }
6865 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6866 }
6867
6868 /* Handle a .LEAVE pseudo-op. This is not supported yet. */
6869
6870 static void
6871 pa_leave (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6872 {
6873 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6874 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6875 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6876 #endif
6877
6878 as_bad (_("The .LEAVE pseudo-op is not supported"));
6879 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6880 }
6881
6882 /* Handle a .LEVEL pseudo-op. */
6883
6884 static void
6885 pa_level (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6886 {
6887 char *level;
6888
6889 level = input_line_pointer;
6890 if (strncmp (level, "1.0", 3) == 0)
6891 {
6892 input_line_pointer += 3;
6893 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 10))
6894 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6895 }
6896 else if (strncmp (level, "1.1", 3) == 0)
6897 {
6898 input_line_pointer += 3;
6899 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 11))
6900 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6901 }
6902 else if (strncmp (level, "2.0w", 4) == 0)
6903 {
6904 input_line_pointer += 4;
6905 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 25))
6906 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6907 }
6908 else if (strncmp (level, "2.0", 3) == 0)
6909 {
6910 input_line_pointer += 3;
6911 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 20))
6912 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6913 }
6914 else
6915 {
6916 as_bad (_("Unrecognized .LEVEL argument\n"));
6917 ignore_rest_of_line ();
6918 }
6919 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6920 }
6921
6922 /* Handle a .ORIGIN pseudo-op. */
6923
6924 static void
6925 pa_origin (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6926 {
6927 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6928 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6929 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6930 #endif
6931
6932 s_org (0);
6933 pa_undefine_label ();
6934 }
6935
6936 /* Handle a .PARAM pseudo-op. This is much like a .EXPORT, except it
6937 is for static functions. FIXME. Should share more code with .EXPORT. */
6938
6939 static void
6940 pa_param (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6941 {
6942 char *name, c, *p;
6943 symbolS *symbol;
6944
6945 name = input_line_pointer;
6946 c = get_symbol_end ();
6947
6948 if ((symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name)) == NULL)
6949 {
6950 as_bad (_("Cannot define static symbol: %s\n"), name);
6951 p = input_line_pointer;
6952 *p = c;
6953 input_line_pointer++;
6954 }
6955 else
6956 {
6957 S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6958 p = input_line_pointer;
6959 *p = c;
6960 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6961 {
6962 input_line_pointer++;
6963 pa_type_args (symbol, 0);
6964 }
6965 }
6966
6967 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6968 }
6969
6970 /* Handle a .PROC pseudo-op. It is used to mark the beginning
6971 of a procedure from a syntactical point of view. */
6972
6973 static void
6974 pa_proc (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6975 {
6976 struct call_info *call_info;
6977
6978 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6979 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6980 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6981 #endif
6982
6983 if (within_procedure)
6984 as_fatal (_("Nested procedures"));
6985
6986 /* Reset global variables for new procedure. */
6987 callinfo_found = FALSE;
6988 within_procedure = TRUE;
6989
6990 /* Create another call_info structure. */
6991 call_info = xmalloc (sizeof (struct call_info));
6992
6993 if (!call_info)
6994 as_fatal (_("Cannot allocate unwind descriptor\n"));
6995
6996 memset (call_info, 0, sizeof (struct call_info));
6997
6998 call_info->ci_next = NULL;
6999
7000 if (call_info_root == NULL)
7001 {
7002 call_info_root = call_info;
7003 last_call_info = call_info;
7004 }
7005 else
7006 {
7007 last_call_info->ci_next = call_info;
7008 last_call_info = call_info;
7009 }
7010
7011 /* set up defaults on call_info structure */
7012
7013 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.cannot_unwind = 0;
7014 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.region_desc = 1;
7015 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.hpux_interrupt_marker = 0;
7016
7017 /* If we got a .PROC pseudo-op, we know that the function is defined
7018 locally. Make sure it gets into the symbol table. */
7019 {
7020 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
7021
7022 if (label_symbol)
7023 {
7024 if (label_symbol->lss_label)
7025 {
7026 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
7027 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
7028 }
7029 else
7030 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
7031 }
7032 else
7033 last_call_info->start_symbol = NULL;
7034 }
7035
7036 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7037 }
7038
7039 /* Process the syntactical end of a procedure. Make sure all the
7040 appropriate pseudo-ops were found within the procedure. */
7041
7042 static void
7043 pa_procend (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7044 {
7045 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
7046 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
7047 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
7048 #endif
7049
7050 /* If we are within a procedure definition, make sure we've
7051 defined a label for the procedure; handle case where the
7052 label was defined after the .PROC directive.
7053
7054 Note there's not need to diddle with the segment or fragment
7055 for the label symbol in this case. We have already switched
7056 into the new $CODE$ subspace at this point. */
7057 if (within_procedure && last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
7058 {
7059 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
7060
7061 if (label_symbol)
7062 {
7063 if (label_symbol->lss_label)
7064 {
7065 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
7066 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags
7067 |= BSF_FUNCTION;
7068 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
7069 /* Also handle allocation of a fixup to hold the unwind
7070 information when the label appears after the proc/procend. */
7071 if (within_entry_exit)
7072 {
7073 char *where;
7074 unsigned int u;
7075
7076 where = frag_more (0);
7077 u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
7078 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
7079 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
7080 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u);
7081 }
7082 #endif
7083 }
7084 else
7085 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
7086 }
7087 else
7088 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC"));
7089 }
7090
7091 if (!within_procedure)
7092 as_bad (_("misplaced .procend"));
7093
7094 if (!callinfo_found)
7095 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo for this procedure"));
7096
7097 if (within_entry_exit)
7098 as_bad (_("Missing .EXIT for a .ENTRY"));
7099
7100 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
7101 /* ELF needs to mark the end of each function so that it can compute
7102 the size of the function (apparently its needed in the symbol table). */
7103 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ();
7104 #endif
7105
7106 within_procedure = FALSE;
7107 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7108 pa_undefine_label ();
7109 }
7110
7111 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
7112 /* If VALUE is an exact power of two between zero and 2^31, then
7113 return log2 (VALUE). Else return -1. */
7114
7115 static int
7116 exact_log2 (int value)
7117 {
7118 int shift = 0;
7119
7120 while ((1 << shift) != value && shift < 32)
7121 shift++;
7122
7123 if (shift >= 32)
7124 return -1;
7125 else
7126 return shift;
7127 }
7128
7129 /* Check to make sure we have a valid space and subspace. */
7130
7131 static void
7132 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (void)
7133 {
7134 if (current_space == NULL)
7135 as_fatal (_("Not in a space.\n"));
7136
7137 if (current_subspace == NULL)
7138 as_fatal (_("Not in a subspace.\n"));
7139 }
7140
7141 /* Parse the parameters to a .SPACE directive; if CREATE_FLAG is nonzero,
7142 then create a new space entry to hold the information specified
7143 by the parameters to the .SPACE directive. */
7144
7145 static sd_chain_struct *
7146 pa_parse_space_stmt (char *space_name, int create_flag)
7147 {
7148 char *name, *ptemp, c;
7149 char loadable, defined, private, sort;
7150 int spnum;
7151 asection *seg = NULL;
7152 sd_chain_struct *space;
7153
7154 /* Load default values. */
7155 spnum = 0;
7156 sort = 0;
7157 loadable = TRUE;
7158 defined = TRUE;
7159 private = FALSE;
7160 if (strcmp (space_name, "$TEXT$") == 0)
7161 {
7162 seg = pa_def_spaces[0].segment;
7163 defined = pa_def_spaces[0].defined;
7164 private = pa_def_spaces[0].private;
7165 sort = pa_def_spaces[0].sort;
7166 spnum = pa_def_spaces[0].spnum;
7167 }
7168 else if (strcmp (space_name, "$PRIVATE$") == 0)
7169 {
7170 seg = pa_def_spaces[1].segment;
7171 defined = pa_def_spaces[1].defined;
7172 private = pa_def_spaces[1].private;
7173 sort = pa_def_spaces[1].sort;
7174 spnum = pa_def_spaces[1].spnum;
7175 }
7176
7177 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7178 {
7179 print_errors = FALSE;
7180 ptemp = input_line_pointer + 1;
7181 /* First see if the space was specified as a number rather than
7182 as a name. According to the PA assembly manual the rest of
7183 the line should be ignored. */
7184 strict = 0;
7185 pa_parse_number (&ptemp, 0);
7186 if (pa_number >= 0)
7187 {
7188 spnum = pa_number;
7189 input_line_pointer = ptemp;
7190 }
7191 else
7192 {
7193 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
7194 {
7195 input_line_pointer++;
7196 name = input_line_pointer;
7197 c = get_symbol_end ();
7198 if ((strncasecmp (name, "spnum", 5) == 0))
7199 {
7200 *input_line_pointer = c;
7201 input_line_pointer++;
7202 spnum = get_absolute_expression ();
7203 }
7204 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "sort", 4) == 0))
7205 {
7206 *input_line_pointer = c;
7207 input_line_pointer++;
7208 sort = get_absolute_expression ();
7209 }
7210 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "unloadable", 10) == 0))
7211 {
7212 *input_line_pointer = c;
7213 loadable = FALSE;
7214 }
7215 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "notdefined", 10) == 0))
7216 {
7217 *input_line_pointer = c;
7218 defined = FALSE;
7219 }
7220 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "private", 7) == 0))
7221 {
7222 *input_line_pointer = c;
7223 private = TRUE;
7224 }
7225 else
7226 {
7227 as_bad (_("Invalid .SPACE argument"));
7228 *input_line_pointer = c;
7229 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7230 input_line_pointer++;
7231 }
7232 }
7233 }
7234 print_errors = TRUE;
7235 }
7236
7237 if (create_flag && seg == NULL)
7238 seg = subseg_new (space_name, 0);
7239
7240 /* If create_flag is nonzero, then create the new space with
7241 the attributes computed above. Else set the values in
7242 an already existing space -- this can only happen for
7243 the first occurrence of a built-in space. */
7244 if (create_flag)
7245 space = create_new_space (space_name, spnum, loadable, defined,
7246 private, sort, seg, 1);
7247 else
7248 {
7249 space = is_defined_space (space_name);
7250 SPACE_SPNUM (space) = spnum;
7251 SPACE_DEFINED (space) = defined & 1;
7252 SPACE_USER_DEFINED (space) = 1;
7253 }
7254
7255 #ifdef obj_set_section_attributes
7256 obj_set_section_attributes (seg, defined, private, sort, spnum);
7257 #endif
7258
7259 return space;
7260 }
7261
7262 /* Handle a .SPACE pseudo-op; this switches the current space to the
7263 given space, creating the new space if necessary. */
7264
7265 static void
7266 pa_space (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7267 {
7268 char *name, c, *space_name, *save_s;
7269 sd_chain_struct *sd_chain;
7270
7271 if (within_procedure)
7272 {
7273 as_bad (_("Can\'t change spaces within a procedure definition. Ignored"));
7274 ignore_rest_of_line ();
7275 }
7276 else
7277 {
7278 /* Check for some of the predefined spaces. FIXME: most of the code
7279 below is repeated several times, can we extract the common parts
7280 and place them into a subroutine or something similar? */
7281 /* FIXME Is this (and the next IF stmt) really right?
7282 What if INPUT_LINE_POINTER points to "$TEXT$FOO"? */
7283 if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "$TEXT$", 6) == 0)
7284 {
7285 input_line_pointer += 6;
7286 sd_chain = is_defined_space ("$TEXT$");
7287 if (sd_chain == NULL)
7288 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$TEXT$", 1);
7289 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7290 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$TEXT$", 0);
7291
7292 current_space = sd_chain;
7293 subseg_set (text_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7294 current_subspace
7295 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (text_section,
7296 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7297 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7298 return;
7299 }
7300 if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "$PRIVATE$", 9) == 0)
7301 {
7302 input_line_pointer += 9;
7303 sd_chain = is_defined_space ("$PRIVATE$");
7304 if (sd_chain == NULL)
7305 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$PRIVATE$", 1);
7306 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7307 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$PRIVATE$", 0);
7308
7309 current_space = sd_chain;
7310 subseg_set (data_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7311 current_subspace
7312 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (data_section,
7313 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7314 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7315 return;
7316 }
7317 if (!strncasecmp (input_line_pointer,
7318 GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME,
7319 strlen (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME)))
7320 {
7321 input_line_pointer += strlen (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7322 sd_chain = is_defined_space (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7323 if (sd_chain == NULL)
7324 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME, 1);
7325 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7326 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME, 0);
7327
7328 current_space = sd_chain;
7329
7330 {
7331 asection *gdb_section
7332 = bfd_make_section_old_way (stdoutput, GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7333
7334 subseg_set (gdb_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7335 current_subspace
7336 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (gdb_section,
7337 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7338 }
7339 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7340 return;
7341 }
7342
7343 /* It could be a space specified by number. */
7344 print_errors = 0;
7345 save_s = input_line_pointer;
7346 strict = 0;
7347 pa_parse_number (&input_line_pointer, 0);
7348 if (pa_number >= 0)
7349 {
7350 if ((sd_chain = pa_find_space_by_number (pa_number)))
7351 {
7352 current_space = sd_chain;
7353
7354 subseg_set (sd_chain->sd_seg, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7355 current_subspace
7356 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (sd_chain->sd_seg,
7357 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7358 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7359 return;
7360 }
7361 }
7362
7363 /* Not a number, attempt to create a new space. */
7364 print_errors = 1;
7365 input_line_pointer = save_s;
7366 name = input_line_pointer;
7367 c = get_symbol_end ();
7368 space_name = xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7369 strcpy (space_name, name);
7370 *input_line_pointer = c;
7371
7372 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (space_name, 1);
7373 current_space = sd_chain;
7374
7375 subseg_set (sd_chain->sd_seg, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7376 current_subspace = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (sd_chain->sd_seg,
7377 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7378 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7379 }
7380 }
7381
7382 /* Switch to a new space. (I think). FIXME. */
7383
7384 static void
7385 pa_spnum (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7386 {
7387 char *name;
7388 char c;
7389 char *p;
7390 sd_chain_struct *space;
7391
7392 name = input_line_pointer;
7393 c = get_symbol_end ();
7394 space = is_defined_space (name);
7395 if (space)
7396 {
7397 p = frag_more (4);
7398 md_number_to_chars (p, SPACE_SPNUM (space), 4);
7399 }
7400 else
7401 as_warn (_("Undefined space: '%s' Assuming space number = 0."), name);
7402
7403 *input_line_pointer = c;
7404 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7405 }
7406
7407 /* Handle a .SUBSPACE pseudo-op; this switches the current subspace to the
7408 given subspace, creating the new subspace if necessary.
7409
7410 FIXME. Should mirror pa_space more closely, in particular how
7411 they're broken up into subroutines. */
7412
7413 static void
7414 pa_subspace (int create_new)
7415 {
7416 char *name, *ss_name, c;
7417 char loadable, code_only, comdat, common, dup_common, zero, sort;
7418 int i, access_ctr, space_index, alignment, quadrant, applicable, flags;
7419 sd_chain_struct *space;
7420 ssd_chain_struct *ssd;
7421 asection *section;
7422
7423 if (current_space == NULL)
7424 as_fatal (_("Must be in a space before changing or declaring subspaces.\n"));
7425
7426 if (within_procedure)
7427 {
7428 as_bad (_("Can\'t change subspaces within a procedure definition. Ignored"));
7429 ignore_rest_of_line ();
7430 }
7431 else
7432 {
7433 name = input_line_pointer;
7434 c = get_symbol_end ();
7435 ss_name = xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7436 strcpy (ss_name, name);
7437 *input_line_pointer = c;
7438
7439 /* Load default values. */
7440 sort = 0;
7441 access_ctr = 0x7f;
7442 loadable = 1;
7443 comdat = 0;
7444 common = 0;
7445 dup_common = 0;
7446 code_only = 0;
7447 zero = 0;
7448 space_index = ~0;
7449 alignment = 1;
7450 quadrant = 0;
7451
7452 space = current_space;
7453 if (create_new)
7454 ssd = NULL;
7455 else
7456 ssd = is_defined_subspace (ss_name);
7457 /* Allow user to override the builtin attributes of subspaces. But
7458 only allow the attributes to be changed once! */
7459 if (ssd && SUBSPACE_DEFINED (ssd))
7460 {
7461 subseg_set (ssd->ssd_seg, ssd->ssd_subseg);
7462 current_subspace = ssd;
7463 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7464 as_warn (_("Parameters of an existing subspace can\'t be modified"));
7465 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7466 return;
7467 }
7468 else
7469 {
7470 /* A new subspace. Load default values if it matches one of
7471 the builtin subspaces. */
7472 i = 0;
7473 while (pa_def_subspaces[i].name)
7474 {
7475 if (strcasecmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, ss_name) == 0)
7476 {
7477 loadable = pa_def_subspaces[i].loadable;
7478 comdat = pa_def_subspaces[i].comdat;
7479 common = pa_def_subspaces[i].common;
7480 dup_common = pa_def_subspaces[i].dup_common;
7481 code_only = pa_def_subspaces[i].code_only;
7482 zero = pa_def_subspaces[i].zero;
7483 space_index = pa_def_subspaces[i].space_index;
7484 alignment = pa_def_subspaces[i].alignment;
7485 quadrant = pa_def_subspaces[i].quadrant;
7486 access_ctr = pa_def_subspaces[i].access;
7487 sort = pa_def_subspaces[i].sort;
7488 break;
7489 }
7490 i++;
7491 }
7492 }
7493
7494 /* We should be working with a new subspace now. Fill in
7495 any information as specified by the user. */
7496 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7497 {
7498 input_line_pointer++;
7499 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
7500 {
7501 name = input_line_pointer;
7502 c = get_symbol_end ();
7503 if ((strncasecmp (name, "quad", 4) == 0))
7504 {
7505 *input_line_pointer = c;
7506 input_line_pointer++;
7507 quadrant = get_absolute_expression ();
7508 }
7509 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "align", 5) == 0))
7510 {
7511 *input_line_pointer = c;
7512 input_line_pointer++;
7513 alignment = get_absolute_expression ();
7514 if (exact_log2 (alignment) == -1)
7515 {
7516 as_bad (_("Alignment must be a power of 2"));
7517 alignment = 1;
7518 }
7519 }
7520 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "access", 6) == 0))
7521 {
7522 *input_line_pointer = c;
7523 input_line_pointer++;
7524 access_ctr = get_absolute_expression ();
7525 }
7526 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "sort", 4) == 0))
7527 {
7528 *input_line_pointer = c;
7529 input_line_pointer++;
7530 sort = get_absolute_expression ();
7531 }
7532 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "code_only", 9) == 0))
7533 {
7534 *input_line_pointer = c;
7535 code_only = 1;
7536 }
7537 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "unloadable", 10) == 0))
7538 {
7539 *input_line_pointer = c;
7540 loadable = 0;
7541 }
7542 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "comdat", 6) == 0))
7543 {
7544 *input_line_pointer = c;
7545 comdat = 1;
7546 }
7547 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "common", 6) == 0))
7548 {
7549 *input_line_pointer = c;
7550 common = 1;
7551 }
7552 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "dup_comm", 8) == 0))
7553 {
7554 *input_line_pointer = c;
7555 dup_common = 1;
7556 }
7557 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "zero", 4) == 0))
7558 {
7559 *input_line_pointer = c;
7560 zero = 1;
7561 }
7562 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "first", 5) == 0))
7563 as_bad (_("FIRST not supported as a .SUBSPACE argument"));
7564 else
7565 as_bad (_("Invalid .SUBSPACE argument"));
7566 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7567 input_line_pointer++;
7568 }
7569 }
7570
7571 /* Compute a reasonable set of BFD flags based on the information
7572 in the .subspace directive. */
7573 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7574 flags = 0;
7575 if (loadable)
7576 flags |= (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD);
7577 if (code_only)
7578 flags |= SEC_CODE;
7579
7580 /* These flags are used to implement various flavors of initialized
7581 common. The SOM linker discards duplicate subspaces when they
7582 have the same "key" symbol name. This support is more like
7583 GNU linkonce than BFD common. Further, pc-relative relocations
7584 are converted to section relative relocations in BFD common
7585 sections. This complicates the handling of relocations in
7586 common sections containing text and isn't currently supported
7587 correctly in the SOM BFD backend. */
7588 if (comdat || common || dup_common)
7589 flags |= SEC_LINK_ONCE;
7590
7591 flags |= SEC_RELOC | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
7592
7593 /* This is a zero-filled subspace (eg BSS). */
7594 if (zero)
7595 flags &= ~(SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7596
7597 applicable &= flags;
7598
7599 /* If this is an existing subspace, then we want to use the
7600 segment already associated with the subspace.
7601
7602 FIXME NOW! ELF BFD doesn't appear to be ready to deal with
7603 lots of sections. It might be a problem in the PA ELF
7604 code, I do not know yet. For now avoid creating anything
7605 but the "standard" sections for ELF. */
7606 if (create_new)
7607 section = subseg_force_new (ss_name, 0);
7608 else if (ssd)
7609 section = ssd->ssd_seg;
7610 else
7611 section = subseg_new (ss_name, 0);
7612
7613 if (zero)
7614 seg_info (section)->bss = 1;
7615
7616 /* Now set the flags. */
7617 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, section, applicable);
7618
7619 /* Record any alignment request for this section. */
7620 record_alignment (section, exact_log2 (alignment));
7621
7622 /* Set the starting offset for this section. */
7623 bfd_set_section_vma (stdoutput, section,
7624 pa_subspace_start (space, quadrant));
7625
7626 /* Now that all the flags are set, update an existing subspace,
7627 or create a new one. */
7628 if (ssd)
7629
7630 current_subspace = update_subspace (space, ss_name, loadable,
7631 code_only, comdat, common,
7632 dup_common, sort, zero, access_ctr,
7633 space_index, alignment, quadrant,
7634 section);
7635 else
7636 current_subspace = create_new_subspace (space, ss_name, loadable,
7637 code_only, comdat, common,
7638 dup_common, zero, sort,
7639 access_ctr, space_index,
7640 alignment, quadrant, section);
7641
7642 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7643 current_subspace->ssd_seg = section;
7644 subseg_set (current_subspace->ssd_seg, current_subspace->ssd_subseg);
7645 }
7646 SUBSPACE_DEFINED (current_subspace) = 1;
7647 }
7648
7649 /* Create default space and subspace dictionaries. */
7650
7651 static void
7652 pa_spaces_begin (void)
7653 {
7654 int i;
7655
7656 space_dict_root = NULL;
7657 space_dict_last = NULL;
7658
7659 i = 0;
7660 while (pa_def_spaces[i].name)
7661 {
7662 char *name;
7663
7664 /* Pick the right name to use for the new section. */
7665 name = pa_def_spaces[i].name;
7666
7667 pa_def_spaces[i].segment = subseg_new (name, 0);
7668 create_new_space (pa_def_spaces[i].name, pa_def_spaces[i].spnum,
7669 pa_def_spaces[i].loadable, pa_def_spaces[i].defined,
7670 pa_def_spaces[i].private, pa_def_spaces[i].sort,
7671 pa_def_spaces[i].segment, 0);
7672 i++;
7673 }
7674
7675 i = 0;
7676 while (pa_def_subspaces[i].name)
7677 {
7678 char *name;
7679 int applicable, subsegment;
7680 asection *segment = NULL;
7681 sd_chain_struct *space;
7682
7683 /* Pick the right name for the new section and pick the right
7684 subsegment number. */
7685 name = pa_def_subspaces[i].name;
7686 subsegment = 0;
7687
7688 /* Create the new section. */
7689 segment = subseg_new (name, subsegment);
7690
7691 /* For SOM we want to replace the standard .text, .data, and .bss
7692 sections with our own. We also want to set BFD flags for
7693 all the built-in subspaces. */
7694 if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$CODE$"))
7695 {
7696 text_section = segment;
7697 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7698 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7699 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7700 | SEC_RELOC | SEC_CODE
7701 | SEC_READONLY
7702 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7703 }
7704 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$DATA$"))
7705 {
7706 data_section = segment;
7707 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7708 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7709 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7710 | SEC_RELOC
7711 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7712
7713 }
7714 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$BSS$"))
7715 {
7716 bss_section = segment;
7717 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7718 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7719 applicable & SEC_ALLOC);
7720 }
7721 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$LIT$"))
7722 {
7723 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7724 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7725 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7726 | SEC_RELOC
7727 | SEC_READONLY
7728 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7729 }
7730 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$MILLICODE$"))
7731 {
7732 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7733 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7734 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7735 | SEC_RELOC
7736 | SEC_READONLY
7737 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7738 }
7739 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$UNWIND$"))
7740 {
7741 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7742 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7743 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7744 | SEC_RELOC
7745 | SEC_READONLY
7746 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7747 }
7748
7749 /* Find the space associated with this subspace. */
7750 space = pa_segment_to_space (pa_def_spaces[pa_def_subspaces[i].
7751 def_space_index].segment);
7752 if (space == NULL)
7753 {
7754 as_fatal (_("Internal error: Unable to find containing space for %s."),
7755 pa_def_subspaces[i].name);
7756 }
7757
7758 create_new_subspace (space, name,
7759 pa_def_subspaces[i].loadable,
7760 pa_def_subspaces[i].code_only,
7761 pa_def_subspaces[i].comdat,
7762 pa_def_subspaces[i].common,
7763 pa_def_subspaces[i].dup_common,
7764 pa_def_subspaces[i].zero,
7765 pa_def_subspaces[i].sort,
7766 pa_def_subspaces[i].access,
7767 pa_def_subspaces[i].space_index,
7768 pa_def_subspaces[i].alignment,
7769 pa_def_subspaces[i].quadrant,
7770 segment);
7771 i++;
7772 }
7773 }
7774
7775 /* Create a new space NAME, with the appropriate flags as defined
7776 by the given parameters. */
7777
7778 static sd_chain_struct *
7779 create_new_space (char *name,
7780 int spnum,
7781 int loadable ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7782 int defined,
7783 int private,
7784 int sort,
7785 asection *seg,
7786 int user_defined)
7787 {
7788 sd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
7789
7790 chain_entry = xmalloc (sizeof (sd_chain_struct));
7791 if (!chain_entry)
7792 as_fatal (_("Out of memory: could not allocate new space chain entry: %s\n"),
7793 name);
7794
7795 SPACE_NAME (chain_entry) = xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7796 strcpy (SPACE_NAME (chain_entry), name);
7797 SPACE_DEFINED (chain_entry) = defined;
7798 SPACE_USER_DEFINED (chain_entry) = user_defined;
7799 SPACE_SPNUM (chain_entry) = spnum;
7800
7801 chain_entry->sd_seg = seg;
7802 chain_entry->sd_last_subseg = -1;
7803 chain_entry->sd_subspaces = NULL;
7804 chain_entry->sd_next = NULL;
7805
7806 /* Find spot for the new space based on its sort key. */
7807 if (!space_dict_last)
7808 space_dict_last = chain_entry;
7809
7810 if (space_dict_root == NULL)
7811 space_dict_root = chain_entry;
7812 else
7813 {
7814 sd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
7815 sd_chain_struct *prev_chain_pointer;
7816
7817 chain_pointer = space_dict_root;
7818 prev_chain_pointer = NULL;
7819
7820 while (chain_pointer)
7821 {
7822 prev_chain_pointer = chain_pointer;
7823 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->sd_next;
7824 }
7825
7826 /* At this point we've found the correct place to add the new
7827 entry. So add it and update the linked lists as appropriate. */
7828 if (prev_chain_pointer)
7829 {
7830 chain_entry->sd_next = chain_pointer;
7831 prev_chain_pointer->sd_next = chain_entry;
7832 }
7833 else
7834 {
7835 space_dict_root = chain_entry;
7836 chain_entry->sd_next = chain_pointer;
7837 }
7838
7839 if (chain_entry->sd_next == NULL)
7840 space_dict_last = chain_entry;
7841 }
7842
7843 /* This is here to catch predefined spaces which do not get
7844 modified by the user's input. Another call is found at
7845 the bottom of pa_parse_space_stmt to handle cases where
7846 the user modifies a predefined space. */
7847 #ifdef obj_set_section_attributes
7848 obj_set_section_attributes (seg, defined, private, sort, spnum);
7849 #endif
7850
7851 return chain_entry;
7852 }
7853
7854 /* Create a new subspace NAME, with the appropriate flags as defined
7855 by the given parameters.
7856
7857 Add the new subspace to the subspace dictionary chain in numerical
7858 order as defined by the SORT entries. */
7859
7860 static ssd_chain_struct *
7861 create_new_subspace (sd_chain_struct *space,
7862 char *name,
7863 int loadable ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7864 int code_only ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7865 int comdat,
7866 int common,
7867 int dup_common,
7868 int is_zero ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7869 int sort,
7870 int access_ctr,
7871 int space_index ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7872 int alignment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7873 int quadrant,
7874 asection *seg)
7875 {
7876 ssd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
7877
7878 chain_entry = xmalloc (sizeof (ssd_chain_struct));
7879 if (!chain_entry)
7880 as_fatal (_("Out of memory: could not allocate new subspace chain entry: %s\n"), name);
7881
7882 SUBSPACE_NAME (chain_entry) = xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7883 strcpy (SUBSPACE_NAME (chain_entry), name);
7884
7885 /* Initialize subspace_defined. When we hit a .subspace directive
7886 we'll set it to 1 which "locks-in" the subspace attributes. */
7887 SUBSPACE_DEFINED (chain_entry) = 0;
7888
7889 chain_entry->ssd_subseg = 0;
7890 chain_entry->ssd_seg = seg;
7891 chain_entry->ssd_next = NULL;
7892
7893 /* Find spot for the new subspace based on its sort key. */
7894 if (space->sd_subspaces == NULL)
7895 space->sd_subspaces = chain_entry;
7896 else
7897 {
7898 ssd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
7899 ssd_chain_struct *prev_chain_pointer;
7900
7901 chain_pointer = space->sd_subspaces;
7902 prev_chain_pointer = NULL;
7903
7904 while (chain_pointer)
7905 {
7906 prev_chain_pointer = chain_pointer;
7907 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->ssd_next;
7908 }
7909
7910 /* Now we have somewhere to put the new entry. Insert it and update
7911 the links. */
7912 if (prev_chain_pointer)
7913 {
7914 chain_entry->ssd_next = chain_pointer;
7915 prev_chain_pointer->ssd_next = chain_entry;
7916 }
7917 else
7918 {
7919 space->sd_subspaces = chain_entry;
7920 chain_entry->ssd_next = chain_pointer;
7921 }
7922 }
7923
7924 #ifdef obj_set_subsection_attributes
7925 obj_set_subsection_attributes (seg, space->sd_seg, access_ctr, sort,
7926 quadrant, comdat, common, dup_common);
7927 #endif
7928
7929 return chain_entry;
7930 }
7931
7932 /* Update the information for the given subspace based upon the
7933 various arguments. Return the modified subspace chain entry. */
7934
7935 static ssd_chain_struct *
7936 update_subspace (sd_chain_struct *space,
7937 char *name,
7938 int loadable ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7939 int code_only ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7940 int comdat,
7941 int common,
7942 int dup_common,
7943 int sort,
7944 int zero ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7945 int access_ctr,
7946 int space_index ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7947 int alignment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7948 int quadrant,
7949 asection *section)
7950 {
7951 ssd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
7952
7953 chain_entry = is_defined_subspace (name);
7954
7955 #ifdef obj_set_subsection_attributes
7956 obj_set_subsection_attributes (section, space->sd_seg, access_ctr, sort,
7957 quadrant, comdat, common, dup_common);
7958 #endif
7959
7960 return chain_entry;
7961 }
7962
7963 /* Return the space chain entry for the space with the name NAME or
7964 NULL if no such space exists. */
7965
7966 static sd_chain_struct *
7967 is_defined_space (char *name)
7968 {
7969 sd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
7970
7971 for (chain_pointer = space_dict_root;
7972 chain_pointer;
7973 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->sd_next)
7974 if (strcmp (SPACE_NAME (chain_pointer), name) == 0)
7975 return chain_pointer;
7976
7977 /* No mapping from segment to space was found. Return NULL. */
7978 return NULL;
7979 }
7980
7981 /* Find and return the space associated with the given seg. If no mapping
7982 from the given seg to a space is found, then return NULL.
7983
7984 Unlike subspaces, the number of spaces is not expected to grow much,
7985 so a linear exhaustive search is OK here. */
7986
7987 static sd_chain_struct *
7988 pa_segment_to_space (asection *seg)
7989 {
7990 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
7991
7992 /* Walk through each space looking for the correct mapping. */
7993 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
7994 space_chain;
7995 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
7996 if (space_chain->sd_seg == seg)
7997 return space_chain;
7998
7999 /* Mapping was not found. Return NULL. */
8000 return NULL;
8001 }
8002
8003 /* Return the first space chain entry for the subspace with the name
8004 NAME or NULL if no such subspace exists.
8005
8006 When there are multiple subspaces with the same name, switching to
8007 the first (i.e., default) subspace is preferable in most situations.
8008 For example, it wouldn't be desirable to merge COMDAT data with non
8009 COMDAT data.
8010
8011 Uses a linear search through all the spaces and subspaces, this may
8012 not be appropriate if we ever being placing each function in its
8013 own subspace. */
8014
8015 static ssd_chain_struct *
8016 is_defined_subspace (char *name)
8017 {
8018 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
8019 ssd_chain_struct *subspace_chain;
8020
8021 /* Walk through each space. */
8022 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
8023 space_chain;
8024 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
8025 {
8026 /* Walk through each subspace looking for a name which matches. */
8027 for (subspace_chain = space_chain->sd_subspaces;
8028 subspace_chain;
8029 subspace_chain = subspace_chain->ssd_next)
8030 if (strcmp (SUBSPACE_NAME (subspace_chain), name) == 0)
8031 return subspace_chain;
8032 }
8033
8034 /* Subspace wasn't found. Return NULL. */
8035 return NULL;
8036 }
8037
8038 /* Find and return the subspace associated with the given seg. If no
8039 mapping from the given seg to a subspace is found, then return NULL.
8040
8041 If we ever put each procedure/function within its own subspace
8042 (to make life easier on the compiler and linker), then this will have
8043 to become more efficient. */
8044
8045 static ssd_chain_struct *
8046 pa_subsegment_to_subspace (asection *seg, subsegT subseg)
8047 {
8048 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
8049 ssd_chain_struct *subspace_chain;
8050
8051 /* Walk through each space. */
8052 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
8053 space_chain;
8054 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
8055 {
8056 if (space_chain->sd_seg == seg)
8057 {
8058 /* Walk through each subspace within each space looking for
8059 the correct mapping. */
8060 for (subspace_chain = space_chain->sd_subspaces;
8061 subspace_chain;
8062 subspace_chain = subspace_chain->ssd_next)
8063 if (subspace_chain->ssd_subseg == (int) subseg)
8064 return subspace_chain;
8065 }
8066 }
8067
8068 /* No mapping from subsegment to subspace found. Return NULL. */
8069 return NULL;
8070 }
8071
8072 /* Given a number, try and find a space with the name number.
8073
8074 Return a pointer to a space dictionary chain entry for the space
8075 that was found or NULL on failure. */
8076
8077 static sd_chain_struct *
8078 pa_find_space_by_number (int number)
8079 {
8080 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
8081
8082 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
8083 space_chain;
8084 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
8085 {
8086 if (SPACE_SPNUM (space_chain) == (unsigned int) number)
8087 return space_chain;
8088 }
8089
8090 /* No appropriate space found. Return NULL. */
8091 return NULL;
8092 }
8093
8094 /* Return the starting address for the given subspace. If the starting
8095 address is unknown then return zero. */
8096
8097 static unsigned int
8098 pa_subspace_start (sd_chain_struct *space, int quadrant)
8099 {
8100 /* FIXME. Assumes everyone puts read/write data at 0x4000000, this
8101 is not correct for the PA OSF1 port. */
8102 if ((strcmp (SPACE_NAME (space), "$PRIVATE$") == 0) && quadrant == 1)
8103 return 0x40000000;
8104 else if (space->sd_seg == data_section && quadrant == 1)
8105 return 0x40000000;
8106 else
8107 return 0;
8108 return 0;
8109 }
8110 #endif
8111
8112 /* Helper function for pa_stringer. Used to find the end of
8113 a string. */
8114
8115 static unsigned int
8116 pa_stringer_aux (char *s)
8117 {
8118 unsigned int c = *s & CHAR_MASK;
8119
8120 switch (c)
8121 {
8122 case '\"':
8123 c = NOT_A_CHAR;
8124 break;
8125 default:
8126 break;
8127 }
8128 return c;
8129 }
8130
8131 /* Handle a .STRING type pseudo-op. */
8132
8133 static void
8134 pa_stringer (int append_zero)
8135 {
8136 char *s, num_buf[4];
8137 unsigned int c;
8138 int i;
8139
8140 /* Preprocess the string to handle PA-specific escape sequences.
8141 For example, \xDD where DD is a hexadecimal number should be
8142 changed to \OOO where OOO is an octal number. */
8143
8144 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8145 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8146 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8147 #endif
8148
8149 /* Skip the opening quote. */
8150 s = input_line_pointer + 1;
8151
8152 while (is_a_char (c = pa_stringer_aux (s++)))
8153 {
8154 if (c == '\\')
8155 {
8156 c = *s;
8157 switch (c)
8158 {
8159 /* Handle \x<num>. */
8160 case 'x':
8161 {
8162 unsigned int number;
8163 int num_digit;
8164 char dg;
8165 char *s_start = s;
8166
8167 /* Get past the 'x'. */
8168 s++;
8169 for (num_digit = 0, number = 0, dg = *s;
8170 num_digit < 2
8171 && (ISDIGIT (dg) || (dg >= 'a' && dg <= 'f')
8172 || (dg >= 'A' && dg <= 'F'));
8173 num_digit++)
8174 {
8175 if (ISDIGIT (dg))
8176 number = number * 16 + dg - '0';
8177 else if (dg >= 'a' && dg <= 'f')
8178 number = number * 16 + dg - 'a' + 10;
8179 else
8180 number = number * 16 + dg - 'A' + 10;
8181
8182 s++;
8183 dg = *s;
8184 }
8185 if (num_digit > 0)
8186 {
8187 switch (num_digit)
8188 {
8189 case 1:
8190 sprintf (num_buf, "%02o", number);
8191 break;
8192 case 2:
8193 sprintf (num_buf, "%03o", number);
8194 break;
8195 }
8196 for (i = 0; i <= num_digit; i++)
8197 s_start[i] = num_buf[i];
8198 }
8199 break;
8200 }
8201 /* This might be a "\"", skip over the escaped char. */
8202 default:
8203 s++;
8204 break;
8205 }
8206 }
8207 }
8208 stringer (8 + append_zero);
8209 pa_undefine_label ();
8210 }
8211
8212 /* Handle a .VERSION pseudo-op. */
8213
8214 static void
8215 pa_version (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8216 {
8217 obj_version (0);
8218 pa_undefine_label ();
8219 }
8220
8221 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8222
8223 /* Handle a .COMPILER pseudo-op. */
8224
8225 static void
8226 pa_compiler (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8227 {
8228 obj_som_compiler (0);
8229 pa_undefine_label ();
8230 }
8231
8232 #endif
8233
8234 /* Handle a .COPYRIGHT pseudo-op. */
8235
8236 static void
8237 pa_copyright (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8238 {
8239 obj_copyright (0);
8240 pa_undefine_label ();
8241 }
8242
8243 /* Just like a normal cons, but when finished we have to undefine
8244 the latest space label. */
8245
8246 static void
8247 pa_cons (int nbytes)
8248 {
8249 cons (nbytes);
8250 pa_undefine_label ();
8251 }
8252
8253 /* Like float_cons, but we need to undefine our label. */
8254
8255 static void
8256 pa_float_cons (int float_type)
8257 {
8258 float_cons (float_type);
8259 pa_undefine_label ();
8260 }
8261
8262 /* Like s_fill, but delete our label when finished. */
8263
8264 static void
8265 pa_fill (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8266 {
8267 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8268 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8269 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8270 #endif
8271
8272 s_fill (0);
8273 pa_undefine_label ();
8274 }
8275
8276 /* Like lcomm, but delete our label when finished. */
8277
8278 static void
8279 pa_lcomm (int needs_align)
8280 {
8281 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8282 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8283 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8284 #endif
8285
8286 s_lcomm (needs_align);
8287 pa_undefine_label ();
8288 }
8289
8290 /* Like lsym, but delete our label when finished. */
8291
8292 static void
8293 pa_lsym (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8294 {
8295 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8296 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8297 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8298 #endif
8299
8300 s_lsym (0);
8301 pa_undefine_label ();
8302 }
8303
8304 /* This function is called once, at assembler startup time. It should
8305 set up all the tables, etc. that the MD part of the assembler will need. */
8306
8307 void
8308 md_begin (void)
8309 {
8310 const char *retval = NULL;
8311 int lose = 0;
8312 unsigned int i = 0;
8313
8314 last_call_info = NULL;
8315 call_info_root = NULL;
8316
8317 /* Set the default machine type. */
8318 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, DEFAULT_LEVEL))
8319 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
8320
8321 /* Folding of text and data segments fails miserably on the PA.
8322 Warn user and disable "-R" option. */
8323 if (flag_readonly_data_in_text)
8324 {
8325 as_warn (_("-R option not supported on this target."));
8326 flag_readonly_data_in_text = 0;
8327 }
8328
8329 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8330 pa_spaces_begin ();
8331 #endif
8332
8333 op_hash = hash_new ();
8334
8335 while (i < NUMOPCODES)
8336 {
8337 const char *name = pa_opcodes[i].name;
8338
8339 retval = hash_insert (op_hash, name, (struct pa_opcode *) &pa_opcodes[i]);
8340 if (retval != NULL && *retval != '\0')
8341 {
8342 as_fatal (_("Internal error: can't hash `%s': %s\n"), name, retval);
8343 lose = 1;
8344 }
8345
8346 do
8347 {
8348 if ((pa_opcodes[i].match & pa_opcodes[i].mask)
8349 != pa_opcodes[i].match)
8350 {
8351 fprintf (stderr, _("internal error: losing opcode: `%s' \"%s\"\n"),
8352 pa_opcodes[i].name, pa_opcodes[i].args);
8353 lose = 1;
8354 }
8355 ++i;
8356 }
8357 while (i < NUMOPCODES && !strcmp (pa_opcodes[i].name, name));
8358 }
8359
8360 if (lose)
8361 as_fatal (_("Broken assembler. No assembly attempted."));
8362
8363 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8364 /* SOM will change text_section. To make sure we never put
8365 anything into the old one switch to the new one now. */
8366 subseg_set (text_section, 0);
8367 #endif
8368
8369 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8370 dummy_symbol = symbol_find_or_make ("L$dummy");
8371 S_SET_SEGMENT (dummy_symbol, text_section);
8372 /* Force the symbol to be converted to a real symbol. */
8373 symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol)->flags |= BSF_KEEP;
8374 #endif
8375 }
8376
8377 /* On the PA relocations which involve function symbols must not be
8378 adjusted. This so that the linker can know when/how to create argument
8379 relocation stubs for indirect calls and calls to static functions.
8380
8381 "T" field selectors create DLT relative fixups for accessing
8382 globals and statics in PIC code; each DLT relative fixup creates
8383 an entry in the DLT table. The entries contain the address of
8384 the final target (eg accessing "foo" would create a DLT entry
8385 with the address of "foo").
8386
8387 Unfortunately, the HP linker doesn't take into account any addend
8388 when generating the DLT; so accessing $LIT$+8 puts the address of
8389 $LIT$ into the DLT rather than the address of $LIT$+8.
8390
8391 The end result is we can't perform relocation symbol reductions for
8392 any fixup which creates entries in the DLT (eg they use "T" field
8393 selectors).
8394
8395 ??? Reject reductions involving symbols with external scope; such
8396 reductions make life a living hell for object file editors. */
8397
8398 int
8399 hppa_fix_adjustable (fixS *fixp)
8400 {
8401 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8402 reloc_type code;
8403 #endif
8404 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix;
8405
8406 hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
8407
8408 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8409 /* LR/RR selectors are implicitly used for a number of different relocation
8410 types. We must ensure that none of these types are adjusted (see below)
8411 even if they occur with a different selector. */
8412 code = elf_hppa_reloc_final_type (stdoutput, fixp->fx_r_type,
8413 hppa_fix->fx_r_format,
8414 hppa_fix->fx_r_field);
8415
8416 switch (code)
8417 {
8418 /* Relocation types which use e_lrsel. */
8419 case R_PARISC_DIR21L:
8420 case R_PARISC_DLTREL21L:
8421 case R_PARISC_DPREL21L:
8422 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF21L:
8423
8424 /* Relocation types which use e_rrsel. */
8425 case R_PARISC_DIR14R:
8426 case R_PARISC_DIR14DR:
8427 case R_PARISC_DIR14WR:
8428 case R_PARISC_DIR17R:
8429 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14R:
8430 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14DR:
8431 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14WR:
8432 case R_PARISC_DPREL14R:
8433 case R_PARISC_DPREL14DR:
8434 case R_PARISC_DPREL14WR:
8435 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14R:
8436 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14DR:
8437 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14WR:
8438
8439 /* Other types that we reject for reduction. */
8440 case R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY:
8441 case R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT:
8442 return 0;
8443 default:
8444 break;
8445 }
8446 #endif
8447
8448 /* Reject reductions of symbols in sym1-sym2 expressions when
8449 the fixup will occur in a CODE subspace.
8450
8451 XXX FIXME: Long term we probably want to reject all of these;
8452 for example reducing in the debug section would lose if we ever
8453 supported using the optimizing hp linker. */
8454 if (fixp->fx_addsy
8455 && fixp->fx_subsy
8456 && (hppa_fix->segment->flags & SEC_CODE))
8457 return 0;
8458
8459 /* We can't adjust any relocs that use LR% and RR% field selectors.
8460
8461 If a symbol is reduced to a section symbol, the assembler will
8462 adjust the addend unless the symbol happens to reside right at
8463 the start of the section. Additionally, the linker has no choice
8464 but to manipulate the addends when coalescing input sections for
8465 "ld -r". Since an LR% field selector is defined to round the
8466 addend, we can't change the addend without risking that a LR% and
8467 it's corresponding (possible multiple) RR% field will no longer
8468 sum to the right value.
8469
8470 eg. Suppose we have
8471 . ldil LR%foo+0,%r21
8472 . ldw RR%foo+0(%r21),%r26
8473 . ldw RR%foo+4(%r21),%r25
8474
8475 If foo is at address 4092 (decimal) in section `sect', then after
8476 reducing to the section symbol we get
8477 . LR%sect+4092 == (L%sect)+0
8478 . RR%sect+4092 == (R%sect)+4092
8479 . RR%sect+4096 == (R%sect)-4096
8480 and the last address loses because rounding the addend to 8k
8481 multiples takes us up to 8192 with an offset of -4096.
8482
8483 In cases where the LR% expression is identical to the RR% one we
8484 will never have a problem, but is so happens that gcc rounds
8485 addends involved in LR% field selectors to work around a HP
8486 linker bug. ie. We often have addresses like the last case
8487 above where the LR% expression is offset from the RR% one. */
8488
8489 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_lrsel
8490 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rrsel
8491 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_nlrsel)
8492 return 0;
8493
8494 /* Reject reductions of symbols in DLT relative relocs,
8495 relocations with plabels. */
8496 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_tsel
8497 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_ltsel
8498 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rtsel
8499 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_psel
8500 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rpsel
8501 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_lpsel)
8502 return 0;
8503
8504 /* Reject absolute calls (jumps). */
8505 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_ABS_CALL)
8506 return 0;
8507
8508 /* Reject reductions of function symbols. */
8509 if (fixp->fx_addsy != 0 && S_IS_FUNCTION (fixp->fx_addsy))
8510 return 0;
8511
8512 return 1;
8513 }
8514
8515 /* Return nonzero if the fixup in FIXP will require a relocation,
8516 even it if appears that the fixup could be completely handled
8517 within GAS. */
8518
8519 int
8520 hppa_force_relocation (struct fix *fixp)
8521 {
8522 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixp;
8523
8524 hppa_fixp = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
8525 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8526 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_ENTRY
8527 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_EXIT
8528 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB
8529 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_END_BRTAB
8530 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY
8531 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_END_TRY
8532 || (fixp->fx_addsy != NULL && fixp->fx_subsy != NULL
8533 && (hppa_fixp->segment->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0))
8534 return 1;
8535 #endif
8536 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8537 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT
8538 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY)
8539 return 1;
8540 #endif
8541
8542 gas_assert (fixp->fx_addsy != NULL);
8543
8544 /* Ensure we emit a relocation for global symbols so that dynamic
8545 linking works. */
8546 if (S_FORCE_RELOC (fixp->fx_addsy, 1))
8547 return 1;
8548
8549 /* It is necessary to force PC-relative calls/jumps to have a relocation
8550 entry if they're going to need either an argument relocation or long
8551 call stub. */
8552 if (fixp->fx_pcrel
8553 && arg_reloc_stub_needed (symbol_arg_reloc_info (fixp->fx_addsy),
8554 hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc))
8555 return 1;
8556
8557 /* Now check to see if we're going to need a long-branch stub. */
8558 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL)
8559 {
8560 long pc = md_pcrel_from (fixp);
8561 valueT distance, min_stub_distance;
8562
8563 distance = fixp->fx_offset + S_GET_VALUE (fixp->fx_addsy) - pc - 8;
8564
8565 /* Distance to the closest possible stub. This will detect most
8566 but not all circumstances where a stub will not work. */
8567 min_stub_distance = pc + 16;
8568 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8569 if (last_call_info != NULL)
8570 min_stub_distance -= S_GET_VALUE (last_call_info->start_symbol);
8571 #endif
8572
8573 if ((distance + 8388608 >= 16777216
8574 && min_stub_distance <= 8388608)
8575 || (hppa_fixp->fx_r_format == 17
8576 && distance + 262144 >= 524288
8577 && min_stub_distance <= 262144)
8578 || (hppa_fixp->fx_r_format == 12
8579 && distance + 8192 >= 16384
8580 && min_stub_distance <= 8192)
8581 )
8582 return 1;
8583 }
8584
8585 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_ABS_CALL)
8586 return 1;
8587
8588 /* No need (yet) to force another relocations to be emitted. */
8589 return 0;
8590 }
8591
8592 /* Now for some ELF specific code. FIXME. */
8593 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8594 /* For ELF, this function serves one purpose: to setup the st_size
8595 field of STT_FUNC symbols. To do this, we need to scan the
8596 call_info structure list, determining st_size in by taking the
8597 difference in the address of the beginning/end marker symbols. */
8598
8599 void
8600 elf_hppa_final_processing (void)
8601 {
8602 struct call_info *call_info_pointer;
8603
8604 for (call_info_pointer = call_info_root;
8605 call_info_pointer;
8606 call_info_pointer = call_info_pointer->ci_next)
8607 {
8608 elf_symbol_type *esym
8609 = ((elf_symbol_type *)
8610 symbol_get_bfdsym (call_info_pointer->start_symbol));
8611 esym->internal_elf_sym.st_size =
8612 S_GET_VALUE (call_info_pointer->end_symbol)
8613 - S_GET_VALUE (call_info_pointer->start_symbol) + 4;
8614 }
8615 }
8616
8617 static void
8618 pa_vtable_entry (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8619 {
8620 struct fix *new_fix;
8621
8622 new_fix = obj_elf_vtable_entry (0);
8623
8624 if (new_fix)
8625 {
8626 struct hppa_fix_struct * hppa_fix = obstack_alloc (&notes, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct));
8627
8628 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = R_HPPA;
8629 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = e_fsel;
8630 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = 32;
8631 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = 0;
8632 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
8633 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
8634 new_fix->fx_r_type = (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY;
8635 }
8636 }
8637
8638 static void
8639 pa_vtable_inherit (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8640 {
8641 struct fix *new_fix;
8642
8643 new_fix = obj_elf_vtable_inherit (0);
8644
8645 if (new_fix)
8646 {
8647 struct hppa_fix_struct * hppa_fix = obstack_alloc (&notes, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct));
8648
8649 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = R_HPPA;
8650 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = e_fsel;
8651 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = 32;
8652 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = 0;
8653 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
8654 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
8655 new_fix->fx_r_type = (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT;
8656 }
8657 }
8658 #endif
8659
8660 /* Table of pseudo ops for the PA. FIXME -- how many of these
8661 are now redundant with the overall GAS and the object file
8662 dependent tables? */
8663 const pseudo_typeS md_pseudo_table[] =
8664 {
8665 /* align pseudo-ops on the PA specify the actual alignment requested,
8666 not the log2 of the requested alignment. */
8667 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8668 {"align", pa_align, 8},
8669 #endif
8670 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8671 {"align", s_align_bytes, 8},
8672 #endif
8673 {"begin_brtab", pa_brtab, 1},
8674 {"begin_try", pa_try, 1},
8675 {"block", pa_block, 1},
8676 {"blockz", pa_block, 0},
8677 {"byte", pa_cons, 1},
8678 {"call", pa_call, 0},
8679 {"callinfo", pa_callinfo, 0},
8680 #if defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD))
8681 {"code", obj_elf_text, 0},
8682 #else
8683 {"code", pa_text, 0},
8684 {"comm", pa_comm, 0},
8685 #endif
8686 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8687 {"compiler", pa_compiler, 0},
8688 #endif
8689 {"copyright", pa_copyright, 0},
8690 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
8691 {"data", pa_data, 0},
8692 #endif
8693 {"double", pa_float_cons, 'd'},
8694 {"dword", pa_cons, 8},
8695 {"end", pa_end, 0},
8696 {"end_brtab", pa_brtab, 0},
8697 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
8698 {"end_try", pa_try, 0},
8699 #endif
8700 {"enter", pa_enter, 0},
8701 {"entry", pa_entry, 0},
8702 {"equ", pa_equ, 0},
8703 {"exit", pa_exit, 0},
8704 {"export", pa_export, 0},
8705 {"fill", pa_fill, 0},
8706 {"float", pa_float_cons, 'f'},
8707 {"half", pa_cons, 2},
8708 {"import", pa_import, 0},
8709 {"int", pa_cons, 4},
8710 {"label", pa_label, 0},
8711 {"lcomm", pa_lcomm, 0},
8712 {"leave", pa_leave, 0},
8713 {"level", pa_level, 0},
8714 {"long", pa_cons, 4},
8715 {"lsym", pa_lsym, 0},
8716 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8717 {"nsubspa", pa_subspace, 1},
8718 #endif
8719 {"octa", pa_cons, 16},
8720 {"org", pa_origin, 0},
8721 {"origin", pa_origin, 0},
8722 {"param", pa_param, 0},
8723 {"proc", pa_proc, 0},
8724 {"procend", pa_procend, 0},
8725 {"quad", pa_cons, 8},
8726 {"reg", pa_equ, 1},
8727 {"short", pa_cons, 2},
8728 {"single", pa_float_cons, 'f'},
8729 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8730 {"space", pa_space, 0},
8731 {"spnum", pa_spnum, 0},
8732 #endif
8733 {"string", pa_stringer, 0},
8734 {"stringz", pa_stringer, 1},
8735 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8736 {"subspa", pa_subspace, 0},
8737 #endif
8738 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
8739 {"text", pa_text, 0},
8740 #endif
8741 {"version", pa_version, 0},
8742 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8743 {"vtable_entry", pa_vtable_entry, 0},
8744 {"vtable_inherit", pa_vtable_inherit, 0},
8745 #endif
8746 {"word", pa_cons, 4},
8747 {NULL, 0, 0}
8748 };
8749
8750 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8751 void
8752 hppa_cfi_frame_initial_instructions (void)
8753 {
8754 cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa (30, 0);
8755 }
8756
8757 int
8758 hppa_regname_to_dw2regnum (char *regname)
8759 {
8760 unsigned int regnum = -1;
8761 unsigned int i;
8762 const char *p;
8763 char *q;
8764 static struct { char *name; int dw2regnum; } regnames[] =
8765 {
8766 { "sp", 30 }, { "rp", 2 },
8767 };
8768
8769 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (regnames); ++i)
8770 if (strcmp (regnames[i].name, regname) == 0)
8771 return regnames[i].dw2regnum;
8772
8773 if (regname[0] == 'r')
8774 {
8775 p = regname + 1;
8776 regnum = strtoul (p, &q, 10);
8777 if (p == q || *q || regnum >= 32)
8778 return -1;
8779 }
8780 else if (regname[0] == 'f' && regname[1] == 'r')
8781 {
8782 p = regname + 2;
8783 regnum = strtoul (p, &q, 10);
8784 #if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
8785 if (p == q || *q || regnum <= 4 || regnum >= 32)
8786 return -1;
8787 regnum += 32 - 4;
8788 #else
8789 if (p == q
8790 || (*q && ((*q != 'L' && *q != 'R') || *(q + 1)))
8791 || regnum <= 4 || regnum >= 32)
8792 return -1;
8793 regnum = (regnum - 4) * 2 + 32;
8794 if (*q == 'R')
8795 regnum++;
8796 #endif
8797 }
8798 return regnum;
8799 }
8800 #endif
This page took 0.250963 seconds and 5 git commands to generate.